TEL SAVE HOLDINGS INC
S-3, 1997-11-07
RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: TEL SAVE HOLDINGS INC, S-3/A, 1997-11-07
Next: PERSONNEL GROUP OF AMERICA INC, 10-Q, 1997-11-07



                    As filed with the Securities and Exchange
                         Commission on November 7, 1997.


                           Registration No. 333-_____


                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM S-3


                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                             Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                                    Delaware
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
                                  organization)


                                   23-2827736
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     (I.R.S. Employee Identification Number)


               6805 Route 202, New Hope, Pa. 18938 (215) 862-1500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                 including area code, of registrant's principal
                               executive offices)


                              Aloysius T. Lawn, IV
                          General Counsel and Secretary
                             Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
                                 6805 Route 202
                               New Hope, PA 18938
                                 (215) 862-1500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
                    number, including area code, of agent for
                                    service)


             Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed sale to the public:
From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

<PAGE>

             If the only  securities  being  registered  on this  Form are being
offered pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment  plans,  please check the
following box. ( )

             If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 (as defined below), other than securities offered only in
connection  with dividend or interest  reinvestment  plans,  check the following
box. (x)

             If this  Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an
offering  pursuant to Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities  Act,  please check the
following box and list the Securities Act  registration  statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ( ) ___________

             If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. ( ) ____________

             If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following box. ( )


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Proposed
                                     Maximum         Proposed 
Title of Each       Principal        Aggregate       Maximum
Class of            Amount To Be     Offering        Aggregate      Amount of
Securities To       Registered       Price           Offering       Registration
Be Registered                        Per Unit(1)     Price(1)       Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1/2%              $300,000,000      100%           $300,000,000   $90,909.09
Convertible
Subordinated
Notes due 2002
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common                12,185,834
Stock(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)    Estimated  solely for purposes of calculating the  registration  fee. The
       actual  offering price may be determined from time to time by the Selling
       Holders  in  connection  with the  offer  for  resale  of the  securities
       registered hereby.


<PAGE>

(2)    Such  number  represents  the  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock
       issuable upon conversion of the 4 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Notes due
       2002 registered hereby and, pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act
       of 1933, such  indeterminate  number of shares as may be issued from time
       to time upon  conversion  of the Notes by  reason  of  adjustment  of the
       conversion price in certain events.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT  SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME  EFFECTIVE  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  SECTION  8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME  EFFECTIVE ON
SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING  PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.





<PAGE>



                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION,
                                NOVEMBER 7, 1997


                                   PROSPECTUS

                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                   $300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
                 4 1/2% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2002

                        12,185,834 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK


             This Prospectus  relates to the offer and sale from time to time by
the holders named herein or by their transferees, pledgees, donees or successors
(collectively,  the "Selling Holders") of up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal
amount  of 4 1/2%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes due 2002  (the  "Notes")  of
Tel-Save  Holdings,  Inc. (the "Company") and up to 12,185,834  shares of common
stock,  par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common  Stock")  issuable
upon the  conversion of the Notes in full (the  "Shares" and,  together with the
Notes, the "Securities").

             The Notes are convertible,  at the option of the holder thereof, at
any time after 90 days following the date of original issuance thereof and prior
to maturity,  unless  previously  redeemed,  into Common Stock at the conversion
price of $24.61875  per share,  subject to  adjustment  in certain  events.  The
Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TALK." On
November 5, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock was $21 3/8.

             The Notes will mature on September 15, 2002,  and interest,  at the
rate per annum set forth above, on the Notes will be paid  semiannually on March
15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 1998.

             The Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the
Company,  at any time on or after  September 15, 2000, at the redemption  prices
set forth herein,  together with accrued interest.  The Notes do not provide for
any sinking fund. Upon a Designated  Event (as defined  herein),  holders of the
Notes will have the right,  subject to certain  restrictions and conditions,  to
require the Company to purchase all or any part of the Notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal  amount thereof  together with accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase. See


<PAGE>

"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders."

             The  Notes  were  issued  and sold to the  Initial  Purchasers  (as
defined  herein) on September 3, 1997 (the "Original  Offering") in transactions
exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act"). The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company
that  the  Notes  have  been  resold  (i) in the  United  States  to  "Qualified
Institutional  Buyers" in reliance on Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act or to
Institutional  Accredited  Investors  that  agreed in writing to comply with the
transfer  restrictions and other conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement,
and (ii) outside the United States in transactions complying with the provisions
of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Company has filed the Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part to satisfy its  obligations  under
the  registration  agreement,  dated  September  3, 1997,  entered into with the
Initial Purchasers (the "Registration Agreement"). See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
- -- Registration Rights."

             All of the Securities offered hereby are being offered for sale and
sold,  from time to time,  by the Selling  Holders.  The Company will receive no
part of the  proceeds  of sales made  hereunder.  The Company has agreed to bear
certain expenses incident to the registration of the Securities under federal or
state  securities  laws and to indemnify  the Selling  Holders  against  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act.  None  of the
Securities  have  been  registered  prior  to the  filing  of  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is part.

             The Securities may be offered for sale by the Selling  Holders from
time to time in one or more  transactions at fixed prices,  at prevailing market
prices at the time of sale, at varying prices  determined at the time of sale or
at negotiated prices. The Selling Holders may effect such transactions  directly
or indirectly  through  underwriters,  broker-dealers  or agents acting on their
behalf,  and in connection with such sales,  such  broker-dealers  or agents may
receive  compensation  in the form of  commissions,  concessions,  allowances or
discounts  from the Selling  Holders and/or the purchasers of the Securities for
whom they may act as agent or to whom they sell  Securities as principal or both
(which commissions,  concessions,  allowances or discounts might be in excess of
customary   amounts   thereof).   The  Selling  Holders  and  any  underwriters,
broker-dealers  or agents that participate in the distribution of the Securities
may be deemed to be


<PAGE>

"underwriters"  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act,  and any  discounts,
commissions,  concessions, allowances or other compensation received by them and
any  profit  realized  on the sale of the  Securities  by them may be  deemed to
constitute underwriting commissions,  concessions, allowances or discounts under
the  Securities  Act.  To the extent  required,  the names of any  underwriters,
broker-dealers or agents, the amount and nature of any commissions, concessions,
allowances or discounts and any other required  information  with respect to any
particular  offer of  Securities  by the Selling  Holders will be set forth in a
Prospectus Supplement. See "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."

             The  Notes  are  unsecured  obligations  of  the  Company  and  are
subordinate  in right of payment to all  existing  and  future  Senior  Debt (as
defined herein) of the Company. The Notes also are structurally  subordinated to
all  liabilities  of the  Company's  subsidiaries.  As of August 29,  1997,  the
Company  had  approximately   $130  million  in  indebtedness  that  would  have
constituted  Senior  Debt.  In  addition,  as of June 30,  1997,  the  Company's
subsidiaries had liabilities of approximately $37.1 million. See "DESCRIPTION OF
THE NOTES -- Subordination of Notes."

             The  Company  does not intend to apply for  listing of the Notes on
any  securities  exchange  or for the  inclusion  of the Notes on any  automated
inter-dealer quotation system.

             The Notes offered  hereby will be represented by one or more Public
Global Notes  registered in the name of The Depository  Trust Company ("DTC") or
its nominee. Interest in the Public Global Notes will be shown on, and transfers
thereof will be effected only through,  records  maintained by DTC (with respect
to participants' interests) and its direct and indirect participants,  including
the Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear")  and Cedel Bank,  Societe  Anonyme  ("Cedel
Bank").  Except under certain limited  circumstances  described herein, Notes in
definitive form will not be issued. See "DESCRIPTION OF NOTES."

             PROSPECTIVE   INVESTORS  SHOULD  CAREFULLY   CONSIDER  THE  MATTERS
DISCUSSED UNDER "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 4.

             THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE
SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<PAGE>

             INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.
A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

             NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR OTHER  INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED
IN OR  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE
OFFERING MADE BY THIS  PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY
OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO  CHANGE  IN THE  AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY  SINCE  THE  DATE AS OF  WHICH
INFORMATION IS GIVEN IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION  BY ANYONE IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING
SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM,
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH SOLICITATION.





<PAGE>


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

             The Company is subject to the information reporting requirements of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and in
accordance  therewith  files  periodic  reports,   proxy  statements  and  other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such
reports,  proxy statements and other  information can be inspected and copied at
the public  reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at Room 1024,
Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the
regional  offices of the  Commission  located at Seven World Trade Center,  13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison
Street  (Suite 1400),  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of all or part of such
materials  may also be obtained at  prescribed  rates from the public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. In addition,  the Commission maintains a
Web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other
information.  Such material also can be inspected at the offices of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20006.

             The Company has filed with the Commission a registration  statement
(which  term  shall  encompass  any  amendments  thereto)  on Form S-3 under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act") with respect to the
securities offered hereby (the "Registration Statement"). This Prospectus, which
constitutes  part of the  Registration  Statement,  does not  contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain items of which are
contained  in exhibits to the  Registration  Statement as permitted by the rules
and regulations of the Commission.  For further  information with respect to the
Company and the securities offered by this Prospectus,  reference is made to the
Registration  Statement,  including  the  exhibits  thereto,  and the  financial
statements  and notes  thereto  filed or  incorporated  by  reference  as a part
thereof,  which are on file at the offices of the Commission and may be obtained
upon payment of the fee prescribed by the Commission, or may be examined without
charge at the  offices of the  Commission.  Statements  made in this  Prospectus
concerning the contents of any document  referred to herein are not  necessarily
complete, and, in each such instance, are qualified in all respects by reference
to  the  applicable  documents  filed  with  the  Commission.  The  Registration
Statement and the exhibits  thereto filed by the Company with the Commission may
be inspected and copied at the locations described above.


                                       2
<PAGE>


                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

             The following  documents  filed by the Company with the  Commission
pursuant to the  Exchange Act  (Commission  File No.  0-26728) are  incorporated
herein by reference:

             a. the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the year  ended
December 31, 1996 and Amendments Nos. 1 and 2 thereto;

             b. the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarters
ended March 31, 1997 and June 30, 1997; Amendments Nos. 1 and 2 to the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997; and Amendment No. 1 to
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997;

             c. Current Reports on Form 8-K dated March 6, 1997, April 24, 1997,
July 22, 1997,  September 2, 1997, September 5, 1997, October 29, 1997, November
5, 1997 and November 7, 1997 and Current Reports on Form 8-K/A dated February 3,
1997, February 28, 1997 and August 15, 1997;

             d. the description of the Company's  capital stock contained in the
Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 8, 1995;

             e. the Consolidated Balance Sheets of Shared Technologies Fairchild
Inc. ("Shared  Technologies")  and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations,  Stockholders' Equity and
Cash Flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,
1996,  together  with the Notes to the Financial  Statements  and the Reports of
Independent  Public Accountants  thereon,  included in the Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended  December  31, 1996 of Shared  Technologies  (Commission
File No. 0-17366); and

             f. the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial  Statements
of the Company giving effect to the proposed merger of Shared  Technologies with
and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,  included on pages 76 through
93 of the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, dated October 30, 1997, filed by the
Company  (Commission  File No.  0-26728)  pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange
Act.

             All  documents  filed by the  Company  pursuant  to Section  13(a),
13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus
and  prior to


                                        3
<PAGE>

the filing of a post-effective  amendment that indicates the termination of this
offering shall be deemed to be  incorporated in this Prospectus by reference and
to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.

             Any statements  contained  herein or in a document  incorporated or
deemed to be incorporated by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded  for  purposes  of this  Prospectus  to the extent  that a  statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  modifies or  supersedes  such
statement.  Any such  statement so modified or  superseded  shall not be deemed,
except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

             The Company  will  provide,  without  charge to each person to whom
this  Prospectus  has  been  delivered,  a copy  of any or all of the  documents
referred  to above that have been or may be  incorporated  by  reference  herein
other than exhibits to such  documents  (unless such  exhibits are  specifically
incorporated by reference therein).  Requests for such copies should be directed
to  Tel-Save  Holdings,  Inc.,  6805 Route  202,  New Hope,  Pennsylvania  18938
Attention:  Aloysius  T. Lawn,  IV,  General  Counsel and  Secretary.  Telephone
requests may be directed to (215) 862-1500.

             THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS AND  INCORPORATES  BY REFERENCE  CERTAIN
FORWARD  LOOKING  STATEMENTS  WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  THE  PRIVATE  SECURITIES
LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 WITH RESPECT TO THE FINANCIAL  CONDITION,  RESULTS
OF  OPERATIONS  AND  BUSINESS OF THE  COMPANY,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,
STATEMENTS  HEREIN UNDER "RECENT  DEVELOPMENTS" AND STATEMENTS UNDER THE CAPTION
"MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS" IN THE COMPANY'S ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS. THESE FORWARD LOOKING
STATEMENTS  INVOLVE CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES.  NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN
THAT ANY OF SUCH MATTERS WILL BE REALIZED. FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS
TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE  CONTEMPLATED BY SUCH FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
INCLUDE,  AMONG OTHERS,  THE FACTORS  DISCUSSED IN THE SECTION  HEREIN  ENTITLED
"RISK FACTORS."


                                  RISK FACTORS

PROPOSED SHARED TECHNOLOGIES MERGER

             The Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of July 16, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"),  among the Company, TSHCo, Inc., a
Delaware


                                       4
<PAGE>

corporation  and wholly owned  subsidiary  of the Company  ("Merger  Sub"),  and
Shared   Technologies   Fairchild   Inc.,   a  Delaware   corporation   ("Shared
Technologies").  Pursuant to the Merger  Agreement,  among other things,  Shared
Technologies  would be merged  with and into  Merger  Sub and  thereby  become a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company, and the outstanding Shared Technologies
Common Stock (the "STF Common") would be converted into such number of shares of
the Company's Common Stock as equals the quotient (the "Exchange  Ratio") of (a)
$11.25  plus the  product of (x) .3 times (y) the  amount,  if any, by which the
average  closing  price per share of the  Company's  Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market for the fifteen  consecutive  trading days ending on the trading
day three  trading  days  immediately  preceding  the date of the closing of the
Shared  Technologies  Merger (the  "Closing  Date Market  Price")  exceeds  $20,
divided by (b) the Closing Date Market Price,  provided that the Exchange  Ratio
shall not exceed 1.125. As of November __, 1997, there were  approximately  17.2
million shares of STF Common outstanding and approximately 7.9 million shares of
STF  Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance  upon   conversion  or  exercise  of
outstanding Shared Technologies  convertible preferred stock, warrants and stock
options.  The consummation of the Shared  Technologies  Merger is subject to the
approval of the stockholders of both the Company and Shared  Technologies,  at a
meeting scheduled for December 1, 1997, as well as other  conditions,  including
termination  of all  applicable  waiting  periods  under  the  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act,  applicable federal and state regulatory  approvals
and  consents,  the  Shared  Technologies  Merger's  qualifying  as a pooling of
interests  transaction  for accounting  purposes,  the absence of injunctions or
other legal restraints  preventing the  consummation of the Shared  Technologies
Merger and other closing  conditions.  There can be no assurance that the Shared
Technologies Merger will be consummated.

             While  the  Company's   management  expects  to  realize  operating
synergies and cost savings as a result of the Shared Technologies  Merger, there
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will  achieve all of the  benefits  that
management expects to realize in connection with the Shared  Technologies Merger
or that such benefits will occur within the time frame contemplated. Realization
of operating synergies and cost savings could be affected by a number of factors
beyond the Company's  control,  such as general economic  conditions,  increased
operating   costs,   the  response  of  competitors  or  customers,   regulatory
developments  and delays in  implementation.  In addition,  certain benefits are
dependent upon the Company's taking certain actions that


                                       5
<PAGE>

will  result in one-time  charges or  expenses.  See "-- Some  Future  Potential
Charges."

             The Shared  Technologies Merger contemplates the integration of the
administrative,  finance,  sales  and  marketing  organizations  of STF  and the
Company.  STF is a  significantly  larger  company,  in terms of  employees  and
facilities managed and operated,  than the Company and is engaged in a number of
businesses  that are different than those in which the Company has  historically
engaged.  In addition,  STF and its  predecessors  have also been  involved in a
number of acquisitions  in recent years,  including the  acquisition,  in March,
1996, of Fairchild Industries,  Inc., the operations and management of which are
still being  integrated by STF. The integration of the businesses of the Company
and STF will require substantial  attention from the Company's  management team,
which  will  include  STF  employees  who have not  previously  worked  with the
Company.  The retention of certain key STF  personnel  will be important for the
management of the STF  business.  Also,  both STF's and the Company's  customers
will need to be reassured that their services will continue  uninterrupted.  All
of these  efforts  will place  significant  pressure on the  Company's  existing
management,  staff and other resources (see " -- Recent Rapid Growth; Ability to
Manage Growth", below). Moreover,  integration of STF will require the Company's
senior  management  to oversee  business in which they have limited or no direct
experience.  The  diversion of  management  attention,  inability to satisfy the
foregoing needs and any other difficulties encountered in the transition process
could have an adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  operating  results or
financial condition.

DEPENDENCE ON AT&T AND LUCENT

             The design for the Company's  telecommunications  network, which is
known as "OBN," "One Better Net" or "One Better Network," relies upon AT&T Corp.
("AT&T")  transmission  facilities,  international  long  distance  services and
operator  services.  If AT&T  were to  terminate  the  Company's  use of  AT&T's
transmission  facilities,  international  long  distance  services  or  operator
services,  the Company would seek to enter into similar  arrangements with other
long  distance  providers.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  terms of such
agreements would be favorable to the Company.  The Company's current  operations
and strategy with OBN emphasize the quality and  functionality  of the AT&T (now
Lucent  Technologies,   Inc.,  hereinafter  "Lucent")  manufactured   equipment,
AT&T-provided  transmission  facilities and billing services,  and AT&T operator



                                       6
<PAGE>

services.  Loss of the  ability to market OBN  emphasizing  the quality of these
AT&T and  Lucent-based  services  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's results of operations and financial conditions.

             The  Company  also will  continue  to depend on AT&T to provide the
AT&T  telecommunication  services that the Company resells directly to end users
and to independent long distance and marketing  companies known as "partitions,"
which  in turn  resell  the  services  on the AT&T  network  to end  users.  The
Company's  ability to resell such  services  on the AT&T  network  depends  upon
whether the Company can continue to maintain a favorable relationship with AT&T.
AT&T may  terminate  the  provision  of  services  under its tariffs for limited
reasons,  including for nonpayment by the Company, for national defense purposes
or if the  provision  of  services  to the  Company  were to have a  substantial
adverse impact on AT&T's  network.  While AT&T policy  historically  has been to
provide 30-day notice prior to  termination  of services,  there are no specific
notice  requirements with respect to such termination.  Although the Company has
no specific contingency arrangements in place to provide service to end users if
AT&T were to discontinue its service to the Company, based upon discussions that
the  Company  has had with other  long  distance  providers  and based upon such
providers'  published tariffs,  the Company believes that it could negotiate and
obtain  contracts  with other long  distance  providers to resell long  distance
services at rates  comparable to its current  contract tariffs with AT&T. If the
Company were to enter into contracts with another provider, however, the Company
believes it would take  approximately  14 to 28 days to switch end users to that
provider.  Although  the  Company  believes  it may have the right to switch end
users without their consent to such other providers, end users have the right to
discontinue  such  service  at  any  time.   Accordingly,   the  termination  or
non-renewal  of  the  Company's  contract  tariffs  with  AT&T  or the  loss  of
telecommunication services from AT&T likely would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

The  Company  uses  billing  services  provided  by AT&T and AT&T's  College and
University Systems ("ACUS").  There can be no assurance that either AT&T or ACUS
will  continue to offer billing  services to the Company on terms  acceptable to
the  Company.  AT&T has removed its name on bills for which it provides  billing
services and could  further  obscure its role in providing  billing  services or
cease providing billing services  altogether.  Loss of the AT&T and ACUS billing
services or decreased  awareness of the AT&T name could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's marketing strategy and retention


                                       7
<PAGE>

of  existing  partitions  and end  users.  The  Company  is  developing  its own
information  systems in order to have its own  billing  capacity,  including  in
connection  with its  anticipated  services  under the AOL  Agreement  discussed
below, although the Company has not provided such direct billing services to end
users in the past.

AOL AGREEMENT

             The Company entered into a  Telecommunications  Marketing Agreement
(the  "AOL  Agreement"),  dated as of  February  22,  1997 and  effective  as of
February 25, 1997, with America Online,  Inc.  ("AOL"),  under which the Company
will provide long distance  telecommunications services to be marketed by AOL to
all of the  subscribers  of AOL's  online  network.  The Company made an initial
payment  of $100  million to AOL at  signing  and  agreed to  provide  marketing
payments to AOL based on a percentage of the Company's profits from the services
(between 50% and 70% depending on the level of revenues from the services).  The
AOL Agreement  provides  that $43 million of the initial  payment will be offset
and recoverable by the Company through reduction of such profit-based  marketing
payments  during the initial term of the AOL  Agreement  or,  subject to certain
monthly  reductions of the amount thereof,  directly by AOL upon certain earlier
terminations  of the AOL  Agreement.  The $57  million  balance  of the  initial
payment  is  solely   recoverable   by  offset  against  a  percentage  of  such
profit-based  marketing  payments  made  after the first  five  years of the AOL
Agreement  (when  extended  beyond  the  initial  term) and by offset  against a
percentage of AOL's share of the profits from the services after  termination or
expiration of the AOL  Agreement.  Any portion of the $43 million not previously
repaid or  reduced  in  amount  would be added to the $57  million  and would be
recoverable  similarly.  The  Company  service  was  launched  on the AOL online
network on October 9, 1997 on a limited basis, with the general public promotion
of the service anticipated to begin late in the 1997 fourth quarter.

             Also under the AOL Agreement,  the Company issued to AOL at signing
two  warrants to purchase  shares of the Company  Common Stock at a premium over
the  market  value of such  stock on the  issuance  date.  One  warrant is for 5
million  shares,  at an  exercise  price of $15.50 per share,  one-half of which
shares  vested on October 9, 1997 when the Company  service was  launched on the
AOL online network in accordance with the AOL Agreement and the balance of which
will vest on the first  anniversary  of  issuance if the AOL  Agreement  has not
terminated.  The other  warrant is for up to 7 million  shares,  at an  exercise
price of $14.00 per share, which will vest,  commencing December 31, 1997, based
on the number of


                                       8
<PAGE>

subscribers  to the  services  and  would  vest  fully if there are at least 3.5
million such  subscribers  at any one time.  The Company also agreed to issue to
AOL an  additional  warrant to purchase 1 million  shares of the Company  Common
Stock,  at  market  value at the time of  issuance,  upon  each of the first two
annual  extensions by AOL of the term of the AOL Agreement,  which warrants also
will vest based on the number of subscribers to the services.

             The  profitability  of the AOL Agreement for the Company depends on
the Company's ability to develop in a timely fashion, and to continue to develop
and to maintain, online ordering, call detail, billing and customer services for
the AOL members, which will require, among other things, the ability to identify
and employ sufficient personnel qualified to provide the necessary  programming;
the  ability of the  Company  and AOL to work  together  effectively  to develop
jointly the online marketing contemplated by the AOL Agreement; a rapid response
rate to online promotions to AOL's online subscribers, most of whom are expected
to be potential  residential  customers rather than business  customers to which
Tel- Save has  marketed  historically;  the  Company's  ability to expand OBN to
accommodate  increased traffic levels; and AOL's ability to execute successfully
its publicly stated business plan and implement its announced network changes to
improve member access to its online  service.  Since the $100 million payment is
recoverable  only through the profits from the services,  to the extent that the
AOL Agreement is unsuccessful,  such amount is subject to potential non-recovery
or limited recovery by the Company. The Company currently estimates that between
2% and 6% of  AOL's  customers  will  need to sign  up for  the  Company's  long
distance service in order for the Company to break even on its investment in the
AOL Agreement.

RECENT RAPID GROWTH; ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH

             The  Company  began  operations  in 1989 (as  Tel-Save,  Inc.) as a
reseller  of AT&T  services.  Over the past eight  years,  the Company has grown
dramatically,  becoming a public company in 1995,  with revenues in 1996 of $232
million and  approximately  390 employees.  Although the Company has experienced
significant growth in a relatively short period of time and regularly  considers
growth opportunities  through  acquisitions,  joint ventures and partnerships as
well as other business expansion  opportunities,  there can be no assurance that
the growth  experienced by the Company will continue or that the Company will be
able to achieve the growth contemplated by its business strategy.  This strategy
reflects significant changes


                                        9
<PAGE>

from the Company's  historical  business and includes the Company's operation of
its own  network,  One Better Net or OBN,  which has changed the Company  from a
pure reseller of AT&T services to a switch-based provider (see "-- Risks Related
to OBN");  the AOL Agreement,  for which the Company made a significant  payment
(see "-- AOL Agreement") and that will require,  among other things,  additional
personnel,  new billing  capacity,  a new marketing  orientation  to residential
customers  and  potential  expansion of OBN  capacity;  the Shared  Technologies
Merger,  which  involves the  acquisition  by the Company of a company  that, in
terms of numbers of employees and facilities,  is significantly  larger than the
Company and that engages in a number of  businesses  in which the Company has no
experience  (see  "--  Proposed  Shared  Technologies  Merger").  The  Company's
strategy has also resulted in  significant  recent  changes to its balance sheet
composition  over the past several years,  including  significant debt incurred,
which has increased financial management requirements.

             Implementation  of the Company's  strategy,  including  maintaining
(and, as appropriate,  expanding)  OBN,  maintaining and supporting the existing
business with  partitions,  launching  the AOL  marketing  approach and managing
customer  accounts  over the AOL  online  service  and  integrating  the  Shared
Technologies business into the Company's,  is placing and will continue to place
significant  demands on the  Company's  management,  operational,  financial and
other  resources and will require the Company to enhance further its operations,
management,  financial and information systems and controls and to expand, train
and manage its employee base in certain areas including customer service support
and financial and marketing and administrative resources. Success in this regard
depends,  among  other  things,  on the  Company's  ability  to fund or  finance
significant  investments  of resources for OBN expansion and to manage,  attract
and retain qualified personnel  (competition for whom is intense).  There can be
no assurance that the Company will successfully manage its expanding  operations
and, if the Company's  management is unable to manage  growth  effectively,  the
Company's   business,   operating  results  and  financial  condition  would  be
materially and adversely affected.

SOME POTENTIAL FUTURE CHARGES

             Of the $100 million payment to AOL (plus the value of the 5 million
share AOL  warrant,  which is valued,  subject  to  possible  increase,  at $9.1
million,  and  $.6  million  of  AOL   Agreement-related   costs),  the  Company
anticipates  that,  with the commercial  launch of the Company  service in early
October 1997, an aggregate


                                       10
<PAGE>

of approximately  $46 million will be charged to expense in the third and fourth
quarters of 1997 (an  aggregate of $14.4 million was so charged in the first and
second  quarters  of 1997).  The balance  will be  recognized  ratably  over the
balance of the term of the AOL  Agreement,  the initial term of which expires on
June 30, 2000, as advertising services are received. The AOL warrant for up to 7
million shares will be valued and charged to expense as and when  subscribers to
the Company's services under the AOL Agreement sign-up and the shares under such
warrant vest. The amount of such charges,  which could be  significant,  will be
based on the extent to which such AOL warrants vest and the market prices of the
Company  Common Stock at the time of vesting and therefore  such charges are not
currently  determinable.  Generally,  the higher the market price of the Company
Common  Stock at the time of  vesting,  the larger the amount of the charge will
be. The  Company  also  anticipates  that it will incur  additional  promotional
expenses in the 1997 fourth  quarter  and the 1998 first  quarter in  connection
with the general public promotion of its service under the AOL Agreement. If the
AOL Agreement should prove unsuccessful, any remaining amount of the total value
paid under the AOL Agreement could be written off earlier.

             In  connection  with the  Company's  decision  in  October  1997 to
discontinue its internal  telemarketing  operations as part of its restructuring
of its sales and marketing efforts (see "-- Direct  Telemarketing  Risks"),  the
Company will write-off  approximately  $25.2 million (pretax) in the 1997 fourth
quarter.

             In  connection  with the Shared  Technologies  Merger,  the Company
anticipates  that it will record  acquisition  and  transaction-related  pre-tax
charges (including  charges related to the Company's  acquisition and, as of the
consummation   of  the  Shared   Technologies   Merger,   retirement  of  Shared
Technologies' Subordinated Notes) of approximately $60 million in the quarter in
which the Shared Technologies Merger is consummated,  which is anticipated to be
in the 1997 fourth quarter.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates that various
other  special  costs will be incurred in realizing  some of the benefits of the
Shared  Technologies  Merger,  including the costs of enhancing the direct sales
force of the combined companies and costs associated with systems  modifications
and other  integration-related  charges  after the Shared  Technologies  Merger.
While the exact  timing,  nature and  amount of these  other  charges  cannot be
predicted,  the Company  currently  estimates that additional  pretax charges in
connection with the consolidation and centralization of the facilities of Shared
Technologies and the related program of upgrading



                                       11
<PAGE>

equipment and  eliminating  duplicative  and obsolete  equipment and incurred in
realizing some of the other  benefits of the Shared  Technologies  Merger,  will
range  from  $50.0  million  to  $70.0  million.  These  charges  currently  are
anticipated  to be  recorded  during the 1997  fourth  quarter and first half of
1998.  It is also  possible,  as the Company  proceeds with the  integration  of
Shared Technologies with the Company, that further charges may be incurred.

             The Company  granted an option to an executive  officer to purchase
800,000  shares of Company  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $11.125  per
share. The option granted is subject to the approval of the Company stockholders
and is being  submitted  for  approval  at the  Company's  stockholders  meeting
scheduled  for  December 1, 1997.  Approval  of the option  grant will result in
compensation  expense equal to the difference between the exercise price and the
market  value of the  Company  Common  Stock on the date of such  approval;  for
example,  were the market value on the date of such approval to be $20 (the last
reported  sale price of the Company  Common  Stock on  November  4, 1997),  such
compensation  expense would be approximately  $7,100,000.  In addition,  a newly
appointed  executive  officer,  in  connection  with his  employment,  purchased
200,000  shares of  Company  Common  Stock at a price of $4.25 per share  from a
former  executive  officer  of  the  Company.   This  purchase  will  result  in
compensation  expense in the fourth quarter of 1997 of approximately  $3,400,000
based on the  difference  between  the  purchase  price and market  value of the
Company Common Stock on the date of purchase.

COMPETITION

             The long distance telecommunications industry is highly competitive
and affected by the  introduction of new services by, and the market  activities
of, major industry  participants.  Competition in the long distance  business is
based upon pricing,  customer service,  billing services and perceived  quality.
The Company  competes  against  various  national  and  regional  long  distance
carriers  and  competes  against the  numerous  companies  in the long  distance
telecommunications  market  that  offer  essentially  the same  services  as the
Company.  Several of the Company's competitors are substantially larger and have
greater  financial,  technical and  marketing  resources  than the Company.  The
Company's  competitors that resell non-AT&T  services do so at prices below that
which the Company  can  provide as an AT&T  switchless  reseller,  although  the
deployment  of OBN  enables the Company to be price  competitive  with  non-AT&T
resellers  at current  industry  pricing  levels.  The ability of the Company to
compete effectively in the telecommunications industry will depend upon the


                                       12
<PAGE>

Company's continued ability to provide high quality services at prices generally
competitive with, or lower than, those charged by its competitors.  Although the
Company  believes  that  gross  margins  will  improve  as  more  customers  are
provisioned  on OBN,  revenues  could decline if  competition  for long distance
service forced the Company to offer services at greater discounts.

             Changes in the  regulation of the  telecommunications  industry may
impact the Company's competitive position.  The  Telecommunications  Act of 1996
(the "Telecommunications  Act") effectively opens up the long distance market to
competition  from the Bell Operating  Companies and Regional  Holding  Companies
(collectively,  "RBOCs").  The entry of these  well-capitalized  and  well-known
entities into the long distance market could significantly alter the competitive
environment  in  which  the  Company   operates   because  of  the   established
relationship  the  RBOCs  have  with  their  local  service  customers  (and the
likelihood that the RBOCs will take advantage of those  relationships),  as well
as the possibility of interpretations of the Telecommunications Act favorable to
the RBOCs,  which may make it more  difficult for other  providers,  such as the
Company,  to  compete to  provide  long  distance  services.  Consolidation  and
alliances  across  geographic   regions  (e.g.,  Bell   Atlantic/Nynex  and  SBC
Communications  Inc./Pacific  Telesis Group  domestically  and BT/MCI and France
Telecom/Deutsche  Telekom/Sprint  internationally)  and across industry segments
(e.g.,   WorldCom/MFS/UUNet)   and  other  pending  and  possible  deals  (e.g.,
WorldCom/MCI and GTE/MCI) may also impact competition in the  telecommunications
market and the position of the Company.

             Although  the  basic  rates  of the  three  largest  long  distance
carriers  -- AT&T,  MCI  Communications  Corp.  and Sprint  Corporation  -- have
historically  increased,  AT&T and other carriers have announced new price plans
and significant  simplified rate structures aimed at residential  customers (the
Company's  primary target  audience under the AOL contract),  which may have the
impact of lowering overall long distance prices.  There can be no assurance that
AT&T or other carriers will not make similar offerings available to the small to
medium-sized  businesses  that the Company  serves.  Although OBN is expected to
make the Company more price  competitive,  further  reductions  in long distance
prices  charged by competitors  still may have a material  adverse impact on the
Company's profitability.


                                       13
<PAGE>

MAINTENANCE OF END USER BASE

             End users are not  obligated to purchase  any minimum  usage amount
and can  discontinue  service,  without  penalty,  at any time.  There can be no
assurance  that end users will  continue  to buy their long  distance  telephone
service through the Company or through  "partitions,"  independent  carriers and
marketing companies that purchase services from the Company. In the event that a
significant portion of the Company's end users decides to purchase long distance
service from another long distance service  provider,  there can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to replace its end user base from other  sources.
Loss of a  significant  portion of the Company's end users would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

             A high level of customer attrition is inherent in the long distance
industry,  and the Company's revenues are affected by such attrition.  Attrition
is attributable to a variety of factors,  including  termination of customers by
the Company for  non-payment and the initiatives of existing and new competitors
as  they  engage  in,  among  other  things,   national  advertising  campaigns,
telemarketing programs and the issuance of cash or other forms of incentives.

DIRECT TELEMARKETING RISKS

             In 1996, the Company began to telemarket its long distance  service
directly to small and medium- sized  businesses and, in December 1996,  acquired
substantially all of the assets,  and hired  substantially all of the employees,
of American  Business  Alliance,  Inc.  ("ABA"),  a switchless  reseller of long
distance   services  and  a  partition  of  the   Company,   which   acquisition
significantly  increased  the Company's  direct  telemarketing  capabilities.  A
portion of the  acquisition  price was  accounted  for as goodwill and was being
amortized  over a 15-year  period.  In the second  quarter of 1997,  the Company
determined  to change its business  practice and  deemphasize  the use of direct
telemarketing  to solicit  customers  for the  Company as the  carrier,  and, in
October 1997,  the Company  decided to  discontinue  its internal  telemarketing
operations,  which were primarily conducted through the ABA business that it had
acquired,  and focus on the  development  of a direct sales force.  See "-- Some
Potential  Future  Charges." Both federal and state officials are tightening the
rules  governing  the  telemarketing  of  telecommunications  services  and  the
requirements  imposed on carriers acquiring  customers in that manner.  Customer
complaints of unauthorized conversion or



                                       14
<PAGE>

"slamming"  are  widespread in the long  distance  industry and are beginning to
occur with respect to  newly-competitive  local  services.  While the  Company's
discontinuance  of its  internal  telemarketing  operations  should  reduce  its
exposure to customer  complaints and federal or state  enforcement  actions with
respect to telemarketing practices,  certain state officials have made inquiries
with respect to the marketing of the Company's services and there is the risk of
enforcement  actions  by  virtue of its  direct  telemarketing  efforts  and its
ongoing support of its customer/partitions.

RELIANCE ON INDEPENDENT CARRIER AND MARKETING COMPANIES;
LACK OF CONTROL OVER MARKETING ACTIVITIES

             Historically,  the  Company has  marketed  its  services  primarily
through partitions,  which generally have entered into non-exclusive  agreements
with  Tel-Save.  Most  partitions  to date have made no  minimum  use or revenue
commitments to the Company under these  agreements.  If the Company were to lose
access to  services  on the AT&T  network  or  billing  services  or  experience
difficulties  with  OBN,  the  Company's  agreements  with  partitions  could be
adversely affected.

             Certain  marketing  practices,  including  the methods and means to
convert a  customer's  long  distance  telephone  service  from one  carrier  to
another,  have recently been subject to increased  regulatory review at both the
federal and state  levels.  Provisions  in the  Company's  partition  agreements
mandate   compliance  by  the  partitions  with  applicable  state  and  federal
regulations.  Because the  Company's  partitions  are  independent  carriers and
marketing companies,  however, the Company is unable to control such partitions'
activities.  The Company is also unable to predict the extent of its partitions'
compliance  with  applicable   regulations  or  the  effect  of  such  increased
regulatory review.  This increased  regulatory review could also affect possible
future acquisitions of new business from new partitions or other resellers.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

             The Company is subject to regulation by the Federal  Communications
Commission  (the "FCC") and by various state public  service and public  utility
commissions as a non-dominant  provider of long distance services.  Under an FCC
order adopted on October 29, 1996,  effectiveness of which has been suspended as
of the date hereof by a court order,  the Company,  its partitions and all other
non-dominant  interexchange  carriers  would  after nine  months be  required to
withdraw their tariffs for interstate service with the FCC. The


                                       15
<PAGE>

Company and its  partitions,  however,  are still  required to file  tariffs for
international  service with the FCC and to obtain authority and file tariffs for
intrastate  service  provided  in most of the states in which they  market  long
distance  services.  Changes in existing policies or regulations in any state or
by  the  FCC  could  materially   adversely  affect  the  Company's  results  of
operations,  particularly  if those  policies  make it more  difficult to obtain
service from AT&T or other long  distance  companies at  competitive  rates,  or
otherwise increase the cost and regulatory burdens of providing services.  There
can be no assurance that the regulatory authorities in one or more states or the
FCC will not take action  having an adverse  effect on the business or financial
condition or results of operations of the Company.  Regulatory action by the FCC
or the states also could adversely affect the partitions,  or otherwise increase
the partitions' cost and regulatory burdens of providing long distance services.
The  Company  will  also be  subject  to  applicable  regulatory  standards  for
marketing  activities,  and the  increased  FCC and state  attention  to certain
marketing practices could be significant to the Company.

             Shared  Technologies'  services  business  is subject  to  specific
regulations in several  states.  Within various  states,  such  regulations  may
include  limitations  on the  number  of  lines  or  PBX  switches  per  system,
limitations of shared telecommunications systems to single buildings or building
complexes,  requirements that such building  complexes be under common ownership
or common ownership, management and control and the imposition of local exchange
access rates that may be higher than those for similar  single-user PBX systems.
Shared  Technologies'  systems  business is generally  exempt from  governmental
regulation  with respect to marketing  and sales.  However,  various  regulatory
bodies,  including  the FCC,  require that  manufacturers  of  equipment  obtain
certain certifications.

ADVERSE EFFECT OF RAPID CHANGE IN TECHNOLOGY AND SERVICE

             The  telecommunications  industry has been  characterized  by rapid
technological  change,  frequent new service introductions and evolving industry
standards.  The  Company  believes  that its future  success  will depend on its
ability to anticipate  such changes and to offer on a timely basis services that
meet these evolving  standards.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
have  sufficient  resources to make  necessary  investments  or to introduce new
services that would satisfy an expanded range of partition and end user needs.


                                       16
<PAGE>

RISKS RELATED TO OBN

             In  early  1997,   the   Company   deployed   its  own   nationwide
telecommunications  network,  One Better Net,  or OBN.  OBN  currently  provides
services to  approximately  150,000 of the over 500,000 current end users of the
Company's  services.  Prior  to the  deployment  of OBN,  the  Company  marketed
services by emphasizing its use of AT&T's  transmission  facilities and switches
("AT&T network") and billing services.  Although such marketing can continue for
services on the AT&T  network that the Company  resells,  the Company has had to
reduce its emphasis on AT&T in marketing  OBN,  which makes less use of the AT&T
network.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to
market  OBN  successfully,  even  though OBN uses the  Company-owned,  AT&T (now
Lucent)  manufactured  switching equipment and AT&T transmission  facilities and
employs the billing services of AT&T and ACUS. Failure to continue to market OBN
successfully  would have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  financial
condition  and results of  operations.  Additionally,  there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to maintain or secure future AT&T contract tariffs
or contracts for transmission at cost-effective  rates.  Further,  to the extent
that the Company,  rather than AT&T, is responsible  for providing the Company's
telecommunications  services,  Tel- Save's potential liability increases if such
services are not provided.

             OBN utilizes  AT&T (now Lucent)  manufactured  5ESS-2000  switching
equipment,  which  employs the new Digital  Networking  Unit-SONET  (Synchronous
Optical Network) technology and initially utilized the 5E10 software,  which was
recently upgraded to 5E11 software.  While the 5ESS-2000  switches have operated
successfully in the local  environment,  the Digital  Networking  Unit-S0NET and
5E11 software offer new technologies  that have not been used  extensively,  and
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  switches  will  continue  to  function
effectively.

             Additional   management   personnel  and  information  systems  are
required  to  support  OBN,  the costs of which  have  increased  the  Company's
overhead.  In order for the Company to provide service over the OBN, the Company
must  operate  and be  responsible  for the  maintenance  of its  own  switching
equipment.  While the Company has hired additional  personnel with experience in
operating a  switch-based  provider,  there can be no assurance that the Company
will be  successful  in  operating as a  switch-based  provider.  Moreover,  the
Company must be able to expand OBN to add capacity as needed, which may


                                       17
<PAGE>

require significant expenditures for hardware and software.

             Operation as a switch-based  provider  subjects the Company to risk
of significant  interruption in the provision of services on OBN in the event of
damage to the Company's  facilities  (switching equipment or connections to AT&T
transmission  facilities)  such as could be caused by fire or natural  disaster.
Such  interruptions or other difficulties in operating OBN could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS; ANTI-TAKEOVER
CONSIDERATIONS

             As  of  November  6,  1997,   Mr.   Borislow   owned   beneficially
approximately  38.0% of the outstanding Company Common Stock.  Accordingly,  Mr.
Borislow  may have the ability to control the  election of all of the members of
the Company  Board of Directors and the outcome of corporate  actions  requiring
majority  stockholder  approval.  Even as to  corporate  transactions  in  which
super-majority  approval may be required,  such as certain fundamental corporate
transactions,  Mr.  Borislow may have the ability to control the outcome of such
actions.  It is  anticipated  that Mr.  Borislow  will continue to be the single
largest  beneficial  owner of the Company  Common  Stock  after the  issuance of
Company  Common  Stock  upon  consummation  of the Shared  Technologies  Merger,
although his ownership percentage will be reduced.

             The Company also has an  authorized  class of  5,000,000  shares of
preferred  stock that may be issued by the Company  Board of  Directors  on such
terms  and with  such  rights,  preferences  and  designations  as the Board may
determine.  Issuance  of  such  preferred  stock,  depending  upon  the  rights,
preferences and designations thereof, may have the effect of delaying, deterring
or  preventing  a change in control of the Company.  In  addition,  the Delaware
General   Corporation  Law  and  other  provisions  of  the  Company's  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (the "Company Charter"), including the provision of
the Company Charter that provides that the Company Board of Directors be divided
into three  classes,  each of which is elected for three years,  and the Company
Bylaws contain  provisions  that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company.

             Such  anti-takeover  effects may deter a third party from acquiring
the  Company  or  engaging  in a similar  transaction  affecting  control of the
Company in 


                                       18
<PAGE>

which the Company stockholders might receive a premium for their shares over the
then-current market value.

COMPANY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

             Future sales of  substantial  amounts of Company Common Stock could
adversely  affect the market  price of Company  Common  Stock.  As of October 8,
1997,  Mr.  Borislow  owned of record or had  dispositive  power with respect to
23.3% of the outstanding  Company Common Stock and a decision by Mr. Borislow to
sell his shares could  adversely  affect the market price of the Company  Common
Stock.

             As of October 8, 1997, there were  outstanding  options to purchase
8,388,108 shares of Company Common Stock held by employees,  former employees or
directors of the Company.  In  addition,  there were  warrants to purchase up to
12,997,000  shares of Company  Common Stock and 12,185,833  shares  reserved for
issuance upon conversion of the Notes.

             Upon effectiveness of the Shared Technologies  Merger, and based on
the numbers of outstanding shares of STF Common and Shared  Technologies' Series
I  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  outstanding  as  of  October  8,  1997,  up to
24,029,350 shares of Company Common Stock could be issued.  In addition,  Shared
Technologies options, convertible preferred stock and warrants outstanding as of
October  8,  1997  could  be  exercisable   or  convertible   after  the  Shared
Technologies  Merger  into up to  approximately  4.5  million  shares of Company
Common Stock.

             Paul  Rosenberg,  the holder of 7,440,000  shares of Company Common
Stock,  has the  right,  under  certain  conditions,  to  participate  in future
registrations  of Company  Common  Stock and to cause the  Company  to  register
certain  shares of Company  Common Stock owned by him.  Holders of warrants also
have registration rights under certain conditions.

             Sales of substantial  amounts of Company Common Stock in the public
market,  or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the
market price of the Company Common Stock.

FUTURE COMPANY TRANSACTIONS

             If the amendment to the Company  Charter  increasing  the number of
authorized  shares of Company  Common Stock from  100,000,000  to 300,000,000 is
approved at the Company's  stockholders  meeting scheduled for December 1, 1997,
the Company will be authorized to



                                       19
<PAGE>

issue up to an aggregate of  300,000,000  shares of Company  Common  Stock.  The
Company may use  authorized  and  unissued  shares of Company  Common  Stock for
various  corporate  purposes,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  acquisition
transactions, and such shares may be issued by the Company Board without further
stockholder  action unless the issuance is in connection  with a transaction for
which  stockholder  approval is otherwise  required  under the Company  Charter,
applicable law, regulation or agreement.

             On October 29, 1997,  the  Company,  in a letter to the Chairman of
the Board of ACC  Corp.  ("ACC"),  proposed  for  consideration  by ACC a merger
transaction  between  the Company and ACC, in which ACC would be acquired by the
Company and ACC's  stockholders  would receive  Company Common Stock in exchange
for their ACC common stock. As proposed in the letter and  subsequently  amended
to the date of this  prospectus,  the Company would  exchange $50 in the Company
Common  Stock  for  each  share of ACC  common  stock.  ACC is an  international
telecommunications  holding  company  whose common stock is traded on the NASDAQ
National  Market  under the  symbol  "ACCC".  As of August 1,  1997,  there were
approximately   16.8  million   shares  of  ACC  common  stock  reported  to  be
outstanding.

             Any  such  transaction  is  subject,  among  other  things,  to the
satisfactory  completion of due diligence reviews, the negotiation of a mutually
satisfactory agreement,  approval thereof by the companies' respective boards of
directors,  the  transaction  being  accounted  for  as  a  pooling-of-interests
transaction,  any necessary regulatory  approvals and any necessary  stockholder
approvals.  The Company is unable to predict  whether the ACC board of directors
will favorably consider the proposal or whether a mutually acceptable  agreement
can be reached  or the terms of any such  agreement,  should it be  reached  and
approved.

DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL

             The  success of the  Company's  operations  during the  foreseeable
future will depend largely upon the continued  services of Daniel Borislow,  the
Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Borislow has entered into an
employment  agreement with the Company that contains  non-competition  covenants
that extend for a period of up to 18 months following termination of employment.

ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

             The  Company  has not paid  cash  dividends  since  inception.  The
Company currently intends to retain all


                                       20
<PAGE>

future  earnings for use in the operation of its business and,  therefore,  does
not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore,
the Company's  existing bank credit facility  restricts the payment of dividends
on the Company Common Stock.

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES

             The Notes constitute a new issue of securities, have no established
trading  market  and  may  not  be  widely  distributed.  Although  the  Initial
Purchasers have informed the Company that they currently intend to make a market
in the Notes as  permitted  by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  they are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue market making at any time without notice.
In addition,  such market making  activity will be subject to the limits imposed
by the  Securities Act and the Exchange Act. The Company does not intend to list
the Notes on any securities exchange or to seek the admission thereof to trading
in the Nasdaq National Market.  There can be no assurances as to the development
of any market or liquidity of any market that may develop for the Notes.

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

             The Notes are  subordinate  in right of payment to all  current and
future  Senior Debt (as defined  herein) of the  Company.  Senior Debt  includes
indebtedness  (whether  secured or unsecured)  borrowed  under the Company's $65
million credit facility (the "Credit  Facility") or successor credit  facilities
and substantially all other indebtedness of the Company,  whether existing on or
created  or  incurred  after  the date the Notes  are  issued,  that is not made
subordinate  to or pari  passu  with the Notes by the  instrument  creating  the
indebtedness.  As of August 29, 1997, the Company had approximately $130 million
in   indebtedness   and  other  balance  sheet   liabilities  of  the  Company's
subsidiaries to which the Notes are effectively  subordinated was  approximately
$37.1   million.   The  Indenture  does  not  limit  the  amount  of  additional
indebtedness,  including  Senior  Indebtedness,  which the  Company  can create,
incur, assume or guarantee.  By reason of the subordination of the Notes, if any
insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation,  reorganization,  dissolution or winding up
of the  business  of the  Company  occurs,  the  assets of the  Company  will be
available to pay the amounts due on the Notes only after all the Senior Debt has
been paid in full.

             The Company,  as a holding company whose  principal  assets are the
shares of capital  stock of its  subsidiaries,  does not generate any  operating
revenues



                                       21
<PAGE>

of its own.  Consequently,  it depends on dividends,  advances and payments from
its subsidiaries to fund activities and meet its cash needs,  including its debt
services requirements. The subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities
and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant
to the Notes or to make funds available therefor. Their ability to pay dividends
or make other payments or advances to the Company will depend on their operating
results and will be subject to various business considerations and to applicable
state laws. In addition,  holders of the Notes are  effectively  subordinated to
the  claims of  creditors  of the  Company's  subsidiaries  to the extent of the
assets  of  such  subsidiaries.  If  any  insolvency,  bankruptcy,  liquidation,
reorganization,  dissolution  or winding up of the business of any subsidiary of
the Company occurs,  creditors of that subsidiary  generally will have the right
to be paid in full before any distribution is made to the Company or the holders
of the notes.

             Substantially  all of the  subsidiaries  of the Company are parties
to, or have  guaranteed  the payment of the  Company's  obligations  under,  the
Credit Facility.

LIMITATIONS ON REPURCHASE OF NOTES IF A DESIGNATED EVENT
OCCURS

             If a Designated Event, which consists of either a Change in Control
or a Termination of Trading (each as defined herein), occurs, each holder of the
Notes will have the right, at its option and subject to certain restrictions and
conditions, to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes at
a purchase  price equal to 101% of the  principal  amount  thereof  plus accrued
interest to the  repurchase  date.  The Company's  ability to  repurchase  Notes
following a Designated  Event (i) may be limited by the terms of the Senior Debt
and the  subordination  provisions  of the Indenture and (ii) will depend on the
availability of sufficient funds and compliance with applicable securities laws.
Accordingly,  no  assurance  can be given  the  Company  will  repurchase  Notes
following a Designated Event. The term "Designated  Event" is limited to certain
specified  transactions  and may not  include  other  events,  such as a  highly
leveraged  business  combination  or  reorganization  not involving a Designated
Event, that might adversely affect the financial  condition of the Company.  See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES."



                                       22
<PAGE>

                                   THE COMPANY

             The Company,  originally  incorporated  in 1989 as Tel-Save,  Inc.,
provides long distance telephone service throughout the United States, primarily
to small and medium-sized businesses. For further information about the business
and  operations  of the  Company,  reference  is made to the  Company's  reports
incorporated  herein by reference.  See  "INCORPORATION  OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY
REFERENCE."

             The principal  executive offices of the Company are located at 6805
Route 202,  New Hope,  Pennsylvania  18938,  and its  telephone  number is (215)
862-1500.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

             As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company's authorized capital
stock consists of 100,000,000  shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share,
and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share.
As of  October  8,  1997,  65,610,949  shares of Common  Stock  were  issued and
outstanding.  There were no shares of Preferred Stock designated or issued.  For
further information about the Company's  authorized capital stock,  reference is
made  to  the  Company's   reports   incorporated   herein  by  reference.   See
"INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE."


                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

             The  Notes  were  issued  pursuant  to  an  Indenture  dated  as of
September 9, 1997 (the "Indenture"),  between the Company and First Trust of New
York, National  Association,  as trustee (the "Trustee").  A copy of the form of
the Indenture and the Registration  Agreement were available from the Trustee or
the Company upon request by a registered  holder of Notes. The following summary
of certain  provisions of the Indenture and the Registration  Agreement does not
purport to be complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the
Indenture  and the  Registration  Agreement,  including the  definitions  in the
Indenture of certain terms used in the following  summary.  The  definitions  of
certain terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "--Certain
Definitions."

             The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in
right of payment to all  existing  and future  Senior Debt of the Company to the




                                       23
<PAGE>

extent set forth in the  Indenture.  The Indenture  does not limit the amount of
other Indebtedness or securities that may be issued by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

             The   operations   of  the  Company  are   conducted   through  its
Subsidiaries and, therefore,  the Company is dependent upon the cash flow of its
Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the Notes.
As a result,  the Notes are effectively  subordinated to all existing and future
Indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments of such Subsidiaries.

FORM, DENOMINATION AND REGISTRATION

             The  Notes  have  been  issued in fully  registered  form,  without
coupons,  in denomination of $1,000 in principal  amount and integral  multiples
thereof.

             Notes currently held by "qualified institutional buyers" as defined
in Rule 144A under the Securities Act or by persons who are not U.S. persons who
acquired such Notes in "offshore transactions" in reliance on Regulation S under
the  Securities  Act are  currently  evidenced by  restricted  global Notes (the
"Restricted  Global Notes") which were deposited  with, or on behalf of, DTC and
registered in the name of Cede and Co.
("Cede") as DTC's nominee.

             Any  purchaser  (a  "Public  Holder")  of  Notes  pursuant  to this
Prospectus  will receive a beneficial  interest in an  unrestricted  global note
(the "Public  Global  Note") which will be deposited  with, or on behalf of, DTC
and registered in the name of Cede as DTC's nominee.  Except as set forth below,
the record ownership of the Public Global Note may be transferred in whole or in
part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee.

             A Public  Holder may hold its  interest  in the Public  Global Note
directly  through  DTC if  such  Public  Holder  is a  participant  in  DTC,  or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC ("Participant" or
"Participants"). Transfers between Participants are effected in the ordinary way
in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same day funds.

             Public  Holders  who  are not  Participants  may  beneficially  own
interests in the Public  Global Notes held by DTC only through  Participants  or
certain banks,  brokers,  dealers,  trust companies and other parties that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly ("Indirect



                                       24
<PAGE>

Participants").  So long as Cede, as the nominee of DTC, is the registered owner
of the Public Global Note,  Cede for all purposes is considered  the sole holder
of the Public Global Note.

             Except in limited  circumstances,  owners of interests in the Notes
will not be entitled to receive  physical  delivery of Notes in definitive form.
See "Book Entry  System;  Delivery  and Form -- DTC." No service  charge will be
made for any  registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, but the Company
may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
charge payable in connection therewith.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

             The Notes bear  interest  from  September 9, 1997, at 4 1/2 percent
per annum and will mature on September 15, 2002.

             Interest on the Notes will be payable  semiannually on March 15 and
September 15 of each year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on March
15,  1998,  to  holders  of record at the  close of  business  on the March 1 or
September 1 (each a "Regular Record Date")  immediately  preceding such Interest
Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised
of twelve 30-day months.

             Interest  on the Notes will  accrue  from the most  recent  date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 9,
1997.

             Payment in respect of the Notes (including  principal,  premium, if
any,  and  interest)  held of record by DTC  (including  Notes  evidenced by the
Public Global Note) will be made in  immediately  available  funds.  Payments in
respect of the Notes held of record by holders other than DTC may, at the option
of the  Company,  be made by check and mailed to such holders of record as shown
on the Register for the Notes.

             If a  payment  date is not a  Business  Day at a place of  payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next  succeeding  Business  Day, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

             The Company has  initially  appointed  the Trustee as its corporate
trust office in The City of New York as the Paying Agent and  Conversion  Agent.
The Company may at any time  terminate  the  appointment  of the Paying Agent or
Conversion  Agent and appoint  additional or other Paying Agents and  Conversion
Agents, provided that


                                       25
<PAGE>

until the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation,  or moneys
sufficient to pay the principal of,  premium,  if any, and interest on the Notes
have been made  available for payment and either paid or returned to the Company
as provided in the Indenture,  it will maintain an office or agency in New York,
New York for payments  with respect to the Notes and for the  surrender of Notes
for conversion.  Notice of any such termination or appointment and of any change
in the office  through which the Paying Agent or Conversion  Agent will act will
be given in accordance with "--Notices" below.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

             The Notes will not be subject to redemption  prior to September 15,
2000 and will be  redeemable  on such date and  thereafter  at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part (in any integral multiple of $1,000), upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice by mail at the  following  redemption
prices  (expressed  as  percentages  of the  principal  amount),  in each  case,
together with accrued  interest to the redemption  date (subject to the right of
holders of record on the  relevant  record  date to receive  interest  due on an
Interest  Payment  Date).  If  redeemed  during the  12-month  period  beginning
September  15  of  the  years  indicated,  such  redemption  price  shall  be as
indicated:

                    YEAR                                  REDEMPTION PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000........................                                  101.80%
2001 and thereafter.........                                  100.90%

On or after the redemption date,  interest will cease to accrue on the Notes, or
portion thereof, called for redemption.

MANDATORY REDEMPTION

             The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes.

REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

             Upon the  occurrence  of a Designated  Event,  each holder of Notes
shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof) of such holder's  Notes pursuant to
the offer  described  below (the  "Designated  Event Offer") at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,  together with accrued and unpaid
interest  thereon to the Designated  Event Payment Date (the  "Designated  Event
Payment"). Within 30 days



                                       26
<PAGE>

following any Designated  Event,  the Company shall mail a notice to each holder
stating:  (1) that the  Designated  Event  Offer is being made  pursuant  to the
covenant  described  in this  paragraph  and that  all  Notes  tendered  will be
accepted for payment;  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall
be no earlier  than 30 days nor later than 40 days from the date such  notice is
mailed (the  "Designated  Event Payment Date");  (3) that any Notes not tendered
will continue to accrue interest;  (4) that,  unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the Designated Event Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant
to the  Designated  Event  Offer  shall  cease  to  accrue  interest  after  the
Designated  Event  Payment  Date;  (5) that  holders  electing to have any Notes
purchased pursuant to a Designated Event Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes,  with the form  entitled  "Option  of  Holder to Elect  Purchase"  on the
reverse of the Notes  completed,  to a Paying Agent at the address  specified in
the notice prior to the close of business on the third  Business  Day  preceding
the Designated Event Payment Date; (6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if a Paying Agent receives,  not later than the close of business
on the second  Business Day  preceding  the  Designated  Event  Payment  Date, a
telegram,  telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
holder,  the principal  amount of Notes delivered for purchase,  and a statement
that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes  purchased;  and
(7) that holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new
Notes  equal  in  principal  amount  to the  unpurchased  portion  of the  Notes
surrendered,  which  unpurchased  portion  must be equal to $1,000 in  principal
amount or an integral multiple thereof.

             The Company  will comply with the  requirements  of Rules 13e-4 and
14e-1  under the  Exchange  Act and any other  securities  laws and  regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and  regulations are applicable in connection
with the repurchase of the Notes in connection with a Designated Event.

             On the  Designated  Event  Payment  Date,  the Company will, to the
extent  lawful,  (1) accept for payment Notes or portions  thereof duly tendered
pursuant to the Designated Event Offer, (2) deposit with the Trustee or a Paying
Agent an amount equal to the Designated Event Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions  thereof so tendered  and (3) deliver or cause to be  delivered  to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers" Certificate identifying
the Notes or portions thereof  tendered to the Company.  The Trustee or a Paying
Agent shall  promptly  mail to each  holder of Notes so  accepted  payment in an
amount equal to the purchase price for


                                       27
<PAGE>

such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly  authenticate and mail to each holder
a new  certificate  representing  a  Note  equal  in  principal  amount  to  any
unpurchased  portion of the Notes  surrendered,  if any; provided that each such
new certificate  representing a Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or
an integral multiple thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of
the  Designated  Event Offer on or as soon as  practicable  after the Designated
Event Payment Date.

             Except as described above with respect to a Designated  Event,  the
Indenture does not contain any other  provisions  that permit the holders of the
Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of
a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring.

             The Designated  Event purchase  feature of the Notes may in certain
circumstances make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company,  and,
thus,  the  removal of  incumbent  management.  The  Designated  Event  purchase
feature,  however,  is not the result of management's  knowledge of any specific
effort to accumulate the Company's  stock or to obtain control of the Company by
means of a merger, tender offer, solicitation or otherwise, or part of a plan by
management  to  adopt  a  series  of  anti-takeover  provisions.   Instead,  the
Designated  Event  purchase  feature  is a result of  negotiations  between  the
Company and the  Initial  Purchasers.  Management  has no current  intention  to
engage in a transaction  involving a Designated  Event,  although it is possible
that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations
on mergers,  consolidations  and sales of assets described  herein,  the Company
could, in the future, enter into certain transactions,  including  acquisitions,
refinancings or other recapitalizations,  that would not constitute a Designated
Event under the Indenture,  but that could  increase the amount of  indebtedness
(including  Senior  Debt)  outstanding  at such  time or  otherwise  affect  the
Company's capital structure or credit ratings. The payment of a Designated Event
Payment is  subordinated  to the prior payment of Senior Debt as described under
"--Subordination of Notes" below.

             The Company's  ability to repurchase Notes upon the occurrence of a
Designated Event is subject to limitations. If a Designated Event were to occur,
there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  would have  sufficient  financial
resources,  or would be able to arrange  financing,  to pay the repurchase price
for all Notes tendered by holders thereof. In addition,  the terms of certain of
the Company's existing debt


                                       28
<PAGE>

agreements and lease  facilities  prohibit the Company from purchasing any Notes
under  certain  circumstances  and  also  identify  certain  events  that  would
constitute a Change in Control,  as well as certain other events with respect to
the Company or certain of its  subsidiaries,  which would constitute an event of
default  under such debt  agreements  and lease  agreements.  Any future  credit
agreements  or  other  agreements   relating  to  Indebtedness  of  the  Company
(including Senior Debt) may contain similar  prohibitions or restrictions on the
Company's  ability  to  effect  a  Designated  Event  Payment.  In the  event  a
Designated Event occurs at a time when such  prohibitions or restrictions are in
effect,  the Company  could seek the  consent of its lenders to the  purchase of
Notes  or  could  attempt  to  refinance  the   borrowings   that  contain  such
prohibition.  If the  Company  does not  obtain  such a  consent  or repay  such
borrowings, the Company will be effectively prohibited from purchasing Notes. In
such case, the Company's  failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an
Event of Default under the Indenture whether or not such repurchase is permitted
by the subordination provisions of the Indenture. Any such default may, in turn,
cause a default under Senior Debt of the Company. As a result, in each case, any
repurchase  of the  Notes  would,  absent a  waiver,  be  prohibited  under  the
subordination provisions of the Indenture until the Senior Debt is paid in full.
See "--Subordination of Notes" below and "Risk  Factors--Subordination of Notes;
Holding Company Structure. "

             A "Designated  Event" will be deemed to have occurred upon a Change
of Control or Termination of Trading.

             A "Change of Control" will be deemed to have occurred when: (i) any
"person"  or "group"  (as such terms are used in Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5 under the Exchange  Act) of shares  representing  more than 50% of the
combined  voting  power  of the then  outstanding  securities  entitled  to vote
generally in elections of directors of the Company  ("Voting  Stock"),  (ii) the
Company  consolidates  with or merges into any other  corporation,  or any other
corporation  merges into the Company,  and, in the case of any such transaction,
the outstanding  Common Stock of the Company is  reclassified  into or exchanged
for any other  property  or  security,  unless the  stockholders  of the Company
immediately  before such  transaction  own,  directly or indirectly  immediately
following such transaction,  at least a majority of the combined voting power of
the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such
transaction in



                                       29
<PAGE>

substantially  the  same  proportion  as their  ownership  of the  Voting  Stock
immediately  before such  transaction,  (iii) the Company conveys,  transfers or
leases  all or  substantially  all of its  assets  (other  than  to one or  more
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the  Company)  or (iv) any  time  the  Continuing
Directors do not  constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
(or, if applicable, a successor corporation to the Company).

             The definition of Change of Control  includes a phrase  relating to
the lease, transfer or conveyance of "all or substantially all" of the assets of
the Company.  Although there is a developing body of case law  interpreting  the
phrase  "substantially  all," there is no precise established  definition of the
phrase under  applicable law.  Accordingly,  the ability of a holder of Notes to
require the Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a lease, transfer or
conveyance  of less than all of the assets of the  Company to another  person or
group may be uncertain.

             "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination,  any
member of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  who (i) was a member of such
Board of  Directors  on the date of the  Indenture  or (ii)  was  nominated  for
election or elected to such Board of  Directors  with the approval of a majority
of the  Continuing  Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.

             A  "Termination  of Trading" will be deemed to have occurred if the
Common Stock (or other  common stock into which the Notes are then  convertible)
is neither listed for trading on a United States  national  securities  exchange
nor approved for trading on an established  automated  over-the-counter  trading
market in the United States.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

             If less than all of Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of Notes for  redemption  will be made by the  Trustee  in  compliance  with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
notes are listed,  or, if the Notes are not so listed,  on a pro rata basis,  by
lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and  appropriate,  provided
that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notice of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the  redemption  date to each holder of Notes to be  redeemed at its  registered
address.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of  redemption
that relates to such Note shall state the portion of



                                       30
<PAGE>

the  principal  amount  thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal  amount
equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder
thereof upon  cancellation  of the original  Note.  On and after the  redemption
date,  interest  ceases  to  accrue  on Notes or  portions  thereof  called  for
redemption.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

             The  Company  and  the  Initial  Purchasers  have  entered  into  a
Registration Agreement,  pursuant to which the Company filed with the Commission
on  November  7,  1997,  a  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  (the  "Shelf
Registration  Statement"),  of which this Prospectus is a part, to cover resales
of Transfer Restricted  Securities (as defined below) by the holders thereof who
satisfy  certain  conditions   relating  to  the  provision  of  information  in
connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the  Company  will be  permitted  to  prohibit  offers  and  sales  of  Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement under certain
circumstances and subject to certain  conditions (any period during which offers
and sales are prohibited being referred to as a "Suspension Period").  "Transfer
Restricted  Securities"  means each Note and each Share  until the date on which
such Note or Share has been effectively  registered under the Securities Act and
disposed of in accordance  with the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  the date on
which such Note or Share is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under
the  Securities  Act or the date on  which  such  Note or  Share  may be sold or
transferred pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force).

             Holders of the Transfer Restricted  Securities not already included
under "SELLING HOLDERS" below will be required to deliver information to be used
in  connection  with,  and  to  be  named  as  Selling  Holders  in,  the  Shelf
Registration  Statement and to provide any comments they may wish to make on the
Shelf  Registration   Statement  within  the  time  periods  set  forth  in  the
Registration  Rights  Agreement  in  order  to have  their  Transfer  Restricted
Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement. The Transfer Restricted
Securities of any holder who elects not to include such  securities in the Shelf
Registration Statement could be deemed to be less liquid than if such securities
were included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able to maintain an  effective  and current
registration statement as required. The absence of such a registration statement
may limit the holder's  ability to sell such Transfer  Restricted  Securities or
adversely affect the price at which such Transfer  Restricted  Securities can be
sold.


                                       31
<PAGE>

             The  Company  will  cause the Shelf  Registration  Statement  to be
continuously  effective  under the  Securities Act until the earliest of (a) the
second  anniversary of September 9, 1997, (b) the date on which the Notes or the
Shares may be sold by non-affiliates of the Company pursuant to paragraph (k) of
Rule 144 (or any successor  provision)  promulgated by the Commission  under the
Securities  Act and (c) the date as of which all the  Notes or Shares  have been
sold pursuant to Shelf Registration Statement.

             If the  Company  fails to keep  the  Shelf  Registration  Statement
continuously  effective for the period specified above, then at such time as the
Shelf Registration  Statement is no longer effective and on each date thereafter
that is the  successive  30th day subsequent to such time and until the earliest
of (i) the date that the Shelf Registration Statement is again deemed effective,
(ii) the date that is the second  anniversary of September 9, 1997 and (iii) the
date as of which the Notes  and/or the Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion
thereof are sold  pursuant to the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  the per annum
interest  rate on the Notes will  increase  by an  additional  25 basis  points;
provided,  however,  that the  interest  rate will not  increase by more than 50
basis points pursuant to this sentence. The Company will be permitted to suspend
the use of this Prospectus which is a part of the Shelf  Registration  Statement
for a period  not to  exceed  30 days in any  three-month  period  or for  three
periods not to exceed an aggregate of 90 days in any  twelve-month  period under
certain circumstances relating to pending corporate developments, public filings
with the Commission and similar events.

             The Company  will provide or cause to be provided to each holder of
the Notes, or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes,  copies of
this Prospectus,  which is a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, and take
certain  other  actions as are  required to permit  unrestricted  resales of the
Notes or the Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion  of the Notes.  A holder of
Notes  or  the  Shares  that  sells  such  Securities   pursuant  to  the  Shelf
Registration Statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder
in  the  related  prospectus  (or  any  supplement  thereto)  and to  deliver  a
prospectus  to  purchasers,  will be subject  to certain of the civil  liability
provisions  under the Securities  Act in connection  with such sales and will be
bound by the  provisions of the  Registration  Agreement  that are applicable to
such  holder  (including  certain  indemnification  and  contribution  rights or
obligations).


                                       32
<PAGE>

             The foregoing  summary of certain  provisions  of the  Registration
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference  to, the  provisions  of the  Registration  Agreement.
Copies of the Registration Agreement are available from the Company.

CONVERSION

             The holder of any Note has the right, exercisable at any time after
90 days following the date of original  issuance  thereof and prior to the close
of business on the Business Day  immediately  preceding the maturity date of the
Notes,  to convert the principal  amount thereof (or any portion thereof that is
an integral  multiple of $1,000) into shares of Common  Stock at the  conversion
price  set forth on the  cover  page of this  Offering  Memorandum,  subject  to
adjustment as described below (the "Conversion Price"), except that if a Note is
called for  redemption,  the  conversion  right will  terminate  at the close of
business  on  the  Business  Day  immediately   preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption.  Except as described below, no adjustment will be made on conversion
of any Notes for interest  accrued  thereon or for dividends on any Common Stock
issued. If Notes not called for redemption are converted after a record date for
the payment of interest and prior to the next succeeding  Interest Payment Date,
such Notes must be  accompanied  by funds equal to the interest  payable on such
succeeding  Interest  Payment  Date on the  principal  amount so  converted.  No
fractional  shares will be issued upon  conversion but a cash adjustment will be
made for any fractional interest.

             Beneficial  owners of interests in a Note may exercise  their right
of  conversion  by  delivering  to DTC  the  appropriate  instruction  form  for
conversion  pursuant to DTC's conversion program and, in the case of conversions
through  Euroclear or Gedel Bank, in accordance with Euroclear's or Cedel Bank's
normal  operating  procedures  when  application  has  been  made  to  make  the
underlying  Common  Stock  eligible for trading on Cedel Bank or  Euroclear.  To
convert a Note held in  certificated  form into shares of Common Stock, a holder
must (i)  complete and manually  sign the  conversion  notice on the back of the
Note (or complete and manually sign a facsimile thereof) and deliver such notice
to the Trustee in New York, New York,  (ii) surrender the Note to the Trustee in
New York, New York, as the case may be, (iii) if required,  furnish  appropriate
endorsements  and  transfer  documents,  (iv) if  required,  pay all transfer or
similar taxes,  and (v) if required,  pay funds equal to interest payable on the
next interest



                                       33
<PAGE>

payment date. Pursuant to the Indenture,  the date on which all of the foregoing
requirements  have been satisfied is the date of surrender for conversion.  Such
notice of conversion  can be obtained  from the Trustee at its  corporate  trust
office or the office of the Conversion  Agent.  As promptly as practicable on or
after the  conversion  date, the Company will issue and deliver to the Trustee a
certificate  or  certificates  for the  number of full  shares  of Common  Stock
issuable  upon  conversion,  together  with payment in lieu of any fraction of a
share in an amount  determined as set forth below. Such certificate will be sent
by the Trustee to the Conversion  Agent for delivery to the holder.  Such Common
Stock   issuable   upon   conversion  of  the  Notes  will  be  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.  Any Note  surrendered for conversion  during the period from the
close of business  on any Regular  Record Date to the opening of business on the
next succeeding  Interest  Payment Date (except Notes called for redemption on a
redemption  date or to be repurchased on a Designated  Event Payment Date during
such period) must be  accompanied  by payment of an amount equal to the interest
payable on such  Interest  Payment Date on the  principal  amount of Notes being
surrendered  for  conversion.  In the case of any Note which has been  converted
after any Regular Record Date, but on or before the next Interest  Payment Date,
interest  on  such  Note  shall  be  payable  on  such  Interest   Payment  Date
notwithstanding  such  conversion.  Such interest shall be paid to the holder of
such Note on such Regular  Record Date.  As a result,  a holder that  surrenders
Notes for  conversion  on a date that is not an Interest  Payment  Date will not
receive  any  interest  for the  period  from the  Interest  Payment  Date  next
preceding  the date of  conversion  to the date of  conversion or for payment of
interest on Notes called are  surrendered  after a notice of redemption  (except
for the payment of interest on Notes called for redemption on a redemption  date
or to be repurchased on a Designated Event Payment Date between a Regular Record
Date and the Interest  Payment  Date to which it  relates.) No other  payment or
adjustment for interest,  or for any dividends in respect of Common Stock,  will
be made upon conversion. Holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion will not
be entitled to receive any  dividends  payable to holders of Common  Stock as of
any record time before the close of business on the conversion date.

             The Conversion  Price is subject to adjustment  upon the occurrence
of certain  events,  including:  (i) the issuance of shares of Common Stock as a
dividend  or  distribution  on  the  Common  Stock;   (ii)  the  subdivision  or
combination of the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) the issuance to substantially
all holders of Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase


                                       34
<PAGE>

Common Stock (or securities  convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share
less  than the then  Current  Market  Price  per  share,  as  defined;  (iv) the
distribution  of shares of  capital  stock of the  Company  (other  than  Common
Stock),  evidences of indebtedness or other assets (excluding dividends in cash,
except as described in clause (v) below) to all holders of Common Stock; (v) the
distribution, by dividend or otherwise of cash to all holders of Common Stock in
an aggregate amount that, together with the aggregate of any other distributions
of cash that did not trigger a Conversion Price adjustment to all holders of its
Common Stock within the 12 months  preceding the date fixed for  determining the
stockholders entitled to such distribution and all Excess Payments in respect of
each tender offer or other  negotiated  transaction by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  for Common  Stock  concluded  within the  preceding  12 months not
triggering  a  Conversion  Price  adjustment,  exceeds 15% of the product of the
Current Market Price per share (determined as set forth below) on the date fixed
for the  determination  of  stockholders  entitled to receive such  distribution
times  the  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on such  date;  (vi)
payment of an Excess  Payment in respect of a tender  offer or other  negotiated
transaction by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  for Common Stock, if the
aggregate  amount of such Excess Payment,  together with the aggregate amount of
cash distributions made with the preceding 12 months not triggering a Conversion
Price  adjustment  and all Excess  Payments in respect of each  tender  offer or
other  negotiated  transaction  by the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  for
Common  Stock  concluded  within  the  preceding  12  months  not  triggering  a
Conversion  Price  adjustment,  exceeds 15% of the product of the Current Market
Price per share (determined as set forth below) on the expiration of such tender
offer or the date of payment of such negotiated transaction  consideration times
the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on such date;  and (vii) the
distribution to substantially  all holders of Common Stock of rights or warrants
to subscribe for securities  (other than those securities  referred to in clause
(iii) above).  In the event of a distribution  to  substantially  all holders of
Common  Stock of rights to  subscribe  for  additional  shares of the  Company's
capital stock (other than those  securities  referred to in clause (iii) above),
the Company may, instead of making any adjustment in the Conversion  Price, make
proper  provision so that each holder of a Note who converts such Note after the
record date for such  distribution  and prior to the expiration or redemption of
such rights  shall be entitled to receive upon such  conversion,  in addition to
shares of Common Stock, an appropriate  number of such rights.  No


                                       35
<PAGE>

adjustment of the  Conversion  Price will be made until  cumulative  adjustments
amount to one percent or more of the Conversion Price as last adjusted.

             If the  Company  reclassifies  or changes  its  outstanding  Common
Stock, or consolidates with or merges into any person or transfers or leases all
or substantially  all its assets, or is a party to a merger that reclassifies or
changes its outstanding Common Stock, the Notes will become convertible into the
kind and amount of  securities,  cash or other  assets  which the holders of the
Notes  would have owned  immediately  after the  transaction  if the holders had
converted the Notes immediately before the effective date of the transaction.

             The Indenture  also  provides  that if rights,  warrants or options
expire unexercised the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to take into account
the actual number of such warrants, rights or options which were exercised.

             In the  Indenture,  the "Current  Market Price" per share of Common
Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the Daily  Market  Prices
for the  shorter of (i) 30  consecutive  Business  Days  ending on the last full
trading day on the  exchange or market  referred  to in  determining  such Daily
Market Prices prior to the time of  determination  (as defined in the Indenture)
or (ii) the  period  commencing  on the date next  succeeding  the first  public
announcement  of the  issuance of such  rights or warrants or such  distribution
through such last full trading day prior to the time of determination.

             "Excess  Payment" means the excess of (A) the aggregate of the cash
and fair market value of other  consideration  paid by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  with  respect to the shares  acquired in the tender offer or other
negotiated  transaction  over (B) the  Daily  Market  Price on the  Trading  Day
immediately  following the  completion  of the tender offer or other  negotiated
transaction multiplied by the number of acquired shares.

             The Company  from time to time may to the extent  permitted  by law
reduce  the  Conversion  Price by any  amount for any period of at least 20 days
(each such reduction,  an "Induced  Conversion  Adjustment"),  in which case the
Company shall give at least 15 days' notice of such  reduction,  if the Board of
Directors  has made a  determination  that such  reduction  would be in the best
interests of the Company,  which determination shall be conclusive.  The Company
may, at its option, make such


                                       36
<PAGE>

reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to those set forth above, as the
Board of  Directors  deems  advisable  to avoid or  diminish  any  income tax to
holders of Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or
rights to  acquire  stock)  or from any event  treated  as such for  income  tax
purposes. See "CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS."

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

             The Notes are  subordinate  in right of payment to all existing and
future Senior Debt. The Indenture does not restrict the amount of Senior Debt or
other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. In addition,
the  Notes  are   structurally   subordinated  to  all  indebtedness  and  other
liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries.

             The payment of the principal  of,  interest on or any other amounts
due on the Notes is  subordinated  in right of payment  to the prior  payment in
full of all Senior Debt of the Company.  No payment on account of principal  of,
redemption  of,  interest on or any other  amounts due on the Notes,  including,
without  limitation,  any  payments  on  the  Designated  Event  Offer,  and  no
redemption,  purchase or other  acquisition  of the Notes may be made unless (i)
full  payment  of  amounts  then due on all  Senior  Debt have been made or duly
provided for pursuant to the terms of the instrument governing such Senior Debt,
and (ii) at the time for,  or  immediately  after  giving  effect  to,  any such
payment, redemption,  purchase or other acquisition, there shall not exist under
any Senior  Debt or any  agreement  pursuant  to which any Senior  Debt has been
issued,  any  default  which shall not have been cured or waived and which shall
have  resulted in the full amount of such  Senior  Debt being  declared  due and
payable.  In addition,  the Indenture provides that if any of the holders of any
issue of  Designated  Senior Debt notify (the  "Payment  Blockage  Notice")  the
Company and the Trustee that a default has  occurred  giving the holders of such
Designated Senior Debt the right to accelerate the maturity thereof,  no payment
on account of  principal,  redemption,  interest or any other amounts due on the
Notes and no purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Notes will be made
for the  period  (the  "Payment  Blockage  Period")  commencing  on the date the
Payment Blockage Notice is received and ending on the earlier of (A) the date on
which such event of default shall have been cured or waived or (B) 180 days from
the date the Payment Blockage Notice is received.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
(but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section),
unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of


                                       37
<PAGE>

such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt,
the Company may resume payments on the Securities  after the end of such Payment
Blockage  Period.  Not more than one Payment Blockage Notice may be given in any
consecutive 365-day period,  irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to Senior Debt during such period.

             Upon  any  distribution  of  its  assets  in  connection  with  any
dissolution,  winding-up,  liquidation  or  reorganization  of  the  Company  or
acceleration  of the  principal  amount due on the Notes  because of an Event of
Default,  all Senior  Debt must be paid in full  before the holders of the Notes
are entitled to any payments whatsoever.

             If  payment  of the  Notes is  accelerated  because  of an Event of
Default,  the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of Senior
Debt or the trustee(s) for such Senior Debt of the acceleration. The Company may
not pay the Notes until five  business  days after such holders or trustee(s) of
Senior Debt receive notice of such  acceleration  and,  thereafter,  may pay the
Notes only if the  subordination  provisions of the Indenture  otherwise  permit
payment  at that time.  As a result of these  subordination  provisions,  in the
event of the Company's insolvency, holders of the Notes may recover ratably less
than general creditors of the Company.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS

             The  Indenture  provides  that the Company may not  consolidate  or
merge  with or into any Person  (whether  or not the  Company  is the  surviving
corporation),  or sell, assign, transfer,  lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially  all of its properties or assets unless (i) (a) the Company
is the  surviving  or  continuing  corporation  or (b) the  Person  formed by or
surviving  any such  consolidation  or merger (if other than the Company) or the
Person which acquires by sale, assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition the properties and assets of the Company is a corporation  organized
or  existing  under the laws of the  United  States,  any state  thereof  or the
District of Columbia;  (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation  or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such
sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other disposition will have
been made assumes all the Obligations of the Company, pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in a form reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and
the Indenture; (iii) such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other


                                       38
<PAGE>

disposition of all or  substantially  all of the Company's  properties or assets
shall be as an  entirety  or  virtually  as an  entirety  to one Person and such
Person shall have  assumed all the  obligations  of the  Company,  pursuant to a
supplemental  indenture in a form reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee, under
the Notes and the Indenture;  (iv) immediately after such transaction no Default
or Event of  Default  exists;  and (v) the  Company  or such  Person  shall have
delivered  to the Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such  transaction and the  supplemental  indenture comply with
the Indenture  and that all  conditions  precedent in the Indenture  relating to
such transaction have been satisfied.

REPORTS

             Whether  or  not  required  by the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the
Commission  and  furnish  to the  holders  of Notes  all  quarterly  and  annual
financial  information  required to be contained in a filing with the Commission
on Forms 10-Q and 10-K,  including a  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  and, with respect to the annual
consolidated  financial  statements  only,  a report  thereon  by the  Company's
independent auditors.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

             The Indenture  provides that each of the following  constitutes  an
Event of Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on
the Notes;  (ii) default in payment  when due of  principal on the Notes;  (iii)
failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described under "Repurchase
at the Option of  Holders";  (iv)  failure by the  Company for 60 days after the
receipt of written notice to comply with certain other  covenants and agreements
contained  in the  Indenture  or the  Notes;  (v)  default  under any  mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any  Indebtedness  for money borrowed by the Company or any
of its  Material  Subsidiaries  (or the  payment of which is  guaranteed  by the
Company or any of its Material  Subsidiaries),  which default (a) Is caused by a
failure to pay when due  principal or interest on such  Indebtedness  within the
grace period provided in such  Indebtedness  (which failure continues beyond any
applicable   grace  period)  (a  "Payment   Default")  or  (b)  results  in  the
acceleration of such  Indebtedness  prior to its express  maturity  without such
acceleration being rescinded or annulled and, in each case, the principal


                                       39
<PAGE>

amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such  Indebtedness  under which there has been a Payment Default of the maturity
of which has been so  accelerated,  aggregates $10 million or more; (vi) failure
by  the  Company  or  any  Material  Subsidiary  of the  Company  to  pay  final
non-appealable  judgments  (other  than any  judgment  as to  which a  reputable
insurance  company has  accepted  full  liability)  aggregating  in excess of $5
million,  which  judgments are not stayed within 60 days after their entry;  and
(vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency  with respect to the Company or
any of its Material Subsidiaries.

             If any Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee or
the holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes
may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  in the case of an Event of Default  arising from  certain  events of
bankruptcy  or  insolvency,   with  respect  to  the  Company  or  any  Material
Subsidiary,  all  outstanding  Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice.  Holders of the Notes may not  enforce  the  Indenture  or the
Notes  except as  provided  in the  Indenture.  Subject to certain  limitations,
holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the then  outstanding  Notes may
direct the  Trustee  in its  exercise  of any trust or power.  The  Trustee  may
withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing  Default or Event of
Default  (except  a Default  or Event of  Default  relating  to the  payment  of
principal or  interest) if it  determines  that  withholding  notice is in their
interest.

             By notice to the  Trustee,  the holders of a majority in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes then outstanding may, on behalf of the holders of
all of the  Notes,  waive  any  existing  Default  or Event of  Default  and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the Designated  Event Payment or interest on, or the principal
of, the Notes.

             The  Company  is  required  to deliver  to the  Trustee  annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture,  and the Company is required,
upon  becoming  aware of any  Default  or Event of  Default,  to  deliver to the
Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

             The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Registrar in New
York,  New  York.  The  Company  reserves  the  right to vary or  terminate  the
appointment


                                       40
<PAGE>

of the Registrar or to appoint  additional or other Registrars or to approve any
change in the office through which the Registrar acts.

             A holder may  transfer or  exchange  Notes in  accordance  with the
Indenture.  The Registrar may require a holder,  among other things,  to furnish
appropriate  endorsements  and transfer  documents and the Company may require a
holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the  Indenture.
The Company is not  required to  exchange or register  the  transfer of any Note
selected  for  redemption.  Also,  the  Company is not  required  to exchange or
register  the transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of
Notes to be redeemed.

             The registered  holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it
for all purposes.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

             Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph,  the Indenture
or the Notes may be amended or  supplemented  with the consent of the holders of
at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including
consents  obtained  in  connection  with a tender  offer or  exchange  offer for
Notes),  and any  existing  default  or  compliance  with any  provision  of the
Indenture  or the Notes may be  waived  with the  consent  of the  holders  of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding  Notes (including  consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

             Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver
may not (with respect to any Notes held by a nonconsenting  holder of Notes) (i)
reduce  the  amount  of  Notes  whose  holders  must  consent  to an  amendment,
supplement or waiver,  (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity
of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes,
(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,
(iv) waive a default in the  payment of  principal  of or  interest on any Notes
(except a rescission of  acceleration  of the Notes by the holders of at least a
majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment
default  that  resulted  from such  acceleration),  (v) make any Note payable in
money  other  than  that  stated  in the  Notes,  (vi)  make any  change  in the
provisions of the  Indenture  relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of holders of Notes to receive  payments  of  principal  of or  interest  on the
Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note,


                                       41
<PAGE>

(viii) impair the right to convert the Notes into Common Stock,  (ix) modify the
conversion or  subordination  provisions of the Indenture in a manner adverse to
the holders of the Notes or (x) make any change in the  foregoing  amendment and
waiver provisions.

             Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of
Notes,  the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
Notes  to  cure  any  ambiguity,   defect  or  inconsistency,   to  provide  for
uncertificated  Notes  in  addition  to or in place of  certificated  Notes,  to
provide for the assumption of the Company's  obligations to holders of the Notes
in the case of a merger or consolidation,  to make any change that would provide
any  additional  rights or benefits to the holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder,  or to
comply with requirements of the Commission in order to qualify,  or maintain the
qualification of, the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

NOTICES

             Notice  to  holders  of the  Notes  will  be  given  by mail to the
addresses  of such holders as they appear in the  Register  (as  defined).  Such
notices  will be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing or on the
date of the first such publication, as the case may be.

GOVERNING LAW

             The  Indenture,  the  Notes  and  the  Registration  Agreement  are
governed by and construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,
United States of America.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

             The Indenture  contains  certain  limitations  on the rights of the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims
in certain cases, or to realize on certain  property  received in respect of any
such claim as security or otherwise.  The Trustee will be permitted to engage in
other  transactions;  however,  if it acquires any conflicting  interest it must
eliminate such conflict  within 90 days,  apply to the Commission for permission
to continue or resign.

             The  holders  of  a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the  then
outstanding  Notes will have the right to direct  the time,  method and place of
conducting any  proceeding  for exercising any remedy  available to the Trustee,


                                       42
<PAGE>

subject to certain exceptions.  The Indenture provides that, in case an Event of
Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in
the  exercise  of its power,  to use the degree of care of a prudent  man in the
conduct of his own  affairs.  Subject to such  provisions,  the Trustee  will be
under no  obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request of any holder of Notes,  unless such holder shall have offered to
the  Trustee  security  and  indemnity  satisfactory  to it  against  any  loss,
liability or expense.

 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

             Set forth below are certain  defined  terms used in the  Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full  disclosure of all such terms,  as
well as any other  capitalized  terms  used  herein for which no  definition  is
provided.

             "Day" means any day that is not a Legal Holiday.

             "Capital   Stock"   means   any   and   all   shares,    interests,
participations,  rights  or other  equivalents  (however  designated)  of equity
interests in any entity,  including,  without  limitation,  corporate  stock and
partnership interests.

             "Default"  means any event that is or,  with the passage of time or
the giving of notice or both, would be an Event of Default.

             "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) any Senior Debt which, as of the
date of the Indenture, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least
$15 million and (ii) any Senior Debt which, at the date of determination, has an
aggregate  principal  amount  outstanding  of, or  commitments to lend up to, at
least  $15  million  and  is  specifically  designated  by  the  Company  in the
instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as "Designated Senior Debtor
purposes of the Indenture.

             "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles set forth in
the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of the  Accounting  Principles  Board of the
American   Institute  of  Certified   Public   Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as may be approved by a  significant  segment of
the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect from time to
time.


                                       43
<PAGE>

             "Guarantee"  means  a  guarantee  (other  than  by  endorsement  of
negotiable  instruments  for  collection  in the ordinary  course of  business),
direct or indirect,  in any manner (including,  without  limitation,  letters of
credit and reimbursement  agreements in respect thereof),  of all or any part of
any Indebtedness.

             "Indebtedness"  means, with respect to any person, all obligations,
whether or not contingent, of such person (i) (a) for borrowed money (including,
but not limited to, any indebtedness secured by a security interest, mortgage or
other lien on the assets of such person which is (1) given to secure all or part
of the purchase price of property subject  thereto,  whether given to the vendor
of such  property  or to  another,  or (2)  existing  on property at the time of
acquisition thereof), (b) evidenced by a note, debenture,  bond or other written
instrument, (c) under a lease required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
the  lessee  under  GAAP or under any lease or  related  document  (including  a
purchase  agreement) which provides that such person is contractually  obligated
to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such leased  property,  (d) in
respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances (including
reimbursement  obligations  with  respect  to any of the  foregoing),  (e)  with
respect to Indebtedness secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge
or adverse claim  affecting  title or resulting in an  encumbrance  to which the
property,  or assets of such person are subject,  whether or not the  obligation
secured  thereby shall have been assumed or guaranteed by or shall  otherwise be
such  person's  legal  liability,  (f) in respect of the balance of deferred and
unpaid  purchase  price of any property or assets and (g) under interest rate or
currency swap  agreements.  cap, floor and collar  agreements,  spot and forward
contracts  and similar  agreements  and  arrangements;  (ii) with respect to any
obligation of others of the type described in the preceding  clause (i) or under
clause (iii) below  assumed by or  guaranteed in any manner by such person or in
effect  guaranteed by such person  through an agreement to purchase  (including,
without  limitation,  "take or pay" and  similar  arrangements),  contingent  or
otherwise  (and the  obligations  of such  person  under  any such  assumptions,
guarantees  or  other  such  arrangements);  and  (iii)  any and all  deferrals,
renewals,   extensions,   refinancings   and   refundings   of,  or  amendments,
modifications or supplements to, any of the foregoing.

             "Legal  Holiday"  means a  Saturday,  a  Sunday  or a day on  which
banking  institutions in the State of New York are not required to be open. If a
payment  date is a Legal  Holiday at a place of payment,  payment may be


                                       44
<PAGE>

made at that place on the next  succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday,  and
no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If any other operative date
for  purposes  of the  Indenture  shall  occur on a Legal  Holiday  then for all
purposes  the  next  succeeding  day that is not a Legal  Holiday  shall be such
operative date.

             "Material  Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company which at
the date of  determination  is a  "significant  subsidiary"  as  defined in Rule
1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as such
Regulation is in effect on the date hereof).

             "Obligations"  means  any  principal,  interest,  penalties,  fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages, and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

             "Person"  means any  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture,  association,  joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
limited liability  company or government or any agency or political  subdivision
thereof.

             "Representative"  means the trustee,  agent or  representative  (if
any) for an issue of Senior Debt.

             "Senior Debt" means the principal of, interest on and other amounts
due on  Indebtedness  of the  Company,  whether  outstanding  on the date of the
Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company;
unless,  in the instrument  creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant
to which such  Indebtedness is outstanding,  it is expressly  provided that such
Indebtedness  is not  senior  in right of  payment  to the  Notes.  Senior  Debt
includes,  with respect to the obligations  described above,  interest accruing,
pursuant  to the  terms of such  Senior  Debt,  on or after  the  filing  of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or
not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding, at the rate specified in
the instrument  governing the relevant obligation.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary in the foregoing,  Senior Debt shall not include:  (a) Indebtedness
of or amounts owed by the Company for  compensation to employees,  or for goods,
services  or  materials  purchased  in the  ordinary  course  of  business;  (b)
Indebtedness  of the  Company to a  Subsidiary  of the  Company  other than such
Indebtedness  that would be subject to a prior  claim by the  lenders  under the
Company's existing credit facilities;  or (c) any liability for Federal,  state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company.


                                       45
<PAGE>

             "Subsidiary"  of a person  means any  corporation,  association  or
other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares
of Capital Stock entitled  (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in the  election of  directors,  managers or trustees  thereof is at the
time owned or controlled,  directly or indirectly, by that person or one or more
of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

             Upon their original issuance, the Notes became eligible for trading
on the PORTAL Market.  However,  the Notes sold pursuant to this Prospectus will
no  longer  be  eligible  for  trading  on the  PORTAL  Market.  There can be no
assurance  that an active trading market for the Notes will develop or as to the
liquidity or  sustainability  of any such market,  the ability of the holders to
sell  their  Notes or at what  price  holders  of the Notes will be able to sell
their Notes.  Future  trading  prices of the Notes will depend upon many factors
including,   among  other  things,  prevailing  interest  rates,  the  Company's
operating  results,  the price of the Common  Stock and the  market for  similar
securities.

BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM; DELIVERY AND FORM -- GENERAL

             The Notes offered  hereby will be  represented by one or more fully
registered  global  securities (each a "Public Global Note").  The Public Global
Notes have been  deposited  with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and registered
in the name of Cede as DTC's nominee.  For purposes of this Prospectus,  "Public
Global  Note"  refers  to  the  Public   Global  Note  or  Public  Global  Notes
representing  the entire issue of Notes  offered  hereby.  Except in the limited
circumstances  described  below,  the Notes  will not be  issued  in  definitive
certificated  form. The Public Global Note may be transferred,  in whole and not
in part, only to another nominee of DTC.

             The Company  understands  as follows  with respect to the rules and
operating  procedures  of DTC, and with respect to secondary  market  trading of
Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Bank of New York,  Brussels  office,  as  operator  for
Euroclear,  and Cedel Bank,  which  effect  transfers of interests in the Public
Global Note.

DTC

             DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the New York
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member


                                       46
<PAGE>

of the Federal Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"  within the meaning of
the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant
to the  provisions  of Section 17A of the Exchange  Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its participants ("Participants") and to facilitate the clearance
and  settlement  of  securities  transactions,  such as  transfers  and pledges,
between Participants through electronic  computerized  book-entry changes in the
accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates.  Participants  include securities  brokers and dealers,  banks,
trust  companies  and  clearing  corporations  and  may  include  certain  other
organizations.  DTC is  owned by a number  of  Participants  and by the New York
Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  the  American  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  and the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Indirect access to the DTC system also
is available to others such as banks, brokers,  dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a Participant,  either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

             Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own Notes held by
DTC only through Participants or Indirect Participants  (including Euroclear and
Cedel Bank).  Beneficial  ownership of Notes may be reflected  (i) for investors
who are Participants,  in the records of DTC, (ii) for investors holding through
a Participant, in the records of such Participant,  whose aggregate interests on
behalf of all investors  holding through such  Participant  will be reflected in
turn in the records of DTC, or (iii) for investors  holding  through an Indirect
Participant,  in the  records  of such  Indirect  Participant,  whose  aggregate
interests on behalf of all investors  holding through such Indirect  Participant
will  be  reflected  in  turn  in the  records  of a  Participant.  Accordingly,
transfers of  beneficial  ownership in a Public Global Note can only be effected
through DTC, a Participant or an Indirect  Participant.  Investors may also hold
beneficial interests in a Public Global Note directly through Euroclear or Cedel
Bank as an  Indirect  Participant  in  DTC,  if they  are  participants  in such
systems,  or indirectly  through  organizations  that are  participants  in such
systems.  Euroclear and Cedel Bank hold beneficial  interests in a Public Global
Note on behalf of their participants  through customers'  securities accounts in
their respective names on the books of their respective  depositories,  which in
turn hold such securities in customers' securities accounts in the depositories'
names on the books of DTC. The Chase Manhattan Bank,  N.A.  ("Chase")  initially
will act as depository for Euroclear,  and Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank") initially
will act as depository for Cedel Bank.


                                       47
<PAGE>

             Interests in the Public Global Note will be shown on, and transfers
thereof  will  be  effected  only  through,  records  maintained  by DTC and its
Participants.  The Public  Global  Note will trade in DTC's  SDFS  System  until
maturity,  and secondary market trading activity for the Public Global Note will
therefor settle in immediately  available funds. The laws of some states require
that certain  persons take physical  delivery in definitive  form of securities.
Consequently,  the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Public Global
Note to such persons may be limited.

             So long as Cede, as the nominee of DTC, is the registered  owner of
the Public Global Note, Cede for all purposes will be considered the sole holder
of the Notes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial
interests  in the  Public  Global  Note  will  not be  entitled  to  have  Notes
registered in their names,  will not receive or be entitled to receive  physical
delivery of Notes in definitive  form,  and will not be  considered  the holders
thereof  under  the  Indenture.  Accordingly,  any  person  owning a  beneficial
interest in the Public  Global Note must rely on the  procedures  of DTC and, if
such person is not a Participant  in DTC, on the  procedures of the  Participant
through  which such  person,  directly  or  indirectly,  owns its  interest,  to
exercise any rights of a holder of Notes.

             Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, who in turn act
on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of an owner of
a beneficial  interest in Notes to pledge such Notes to persons or entities that
do not  participate  in the DTC system,  or otherwise take actions in respect of
such  Notes,  may be  affected  by the lack of a physical  certificate  for such
Notes.

             Payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes will be made to
Cede,  the nominee for DTC, as the  registered  owner of the Public Global Note.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee  will have any  responsibility  or liability
for any  aspect of the  records  relating  to or  payments  made on  account  of
beneficial  ownership  interests in the Public  Global Note or for  maintaining,
supervising  or  reviewing  any records  relating to such  beneficial  ownership
interests.

             Upon  receipt of any  payment of  principal  of or  interest on the
Public Global Note, DTC will credit the Participants'  accounts with payments in
amounts  proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal
amounts of the Public  Global Note as shown on the  records of DTC.  Payments by
Participants


                                       48
<PAGE>

to owners of  beneficial  interests in the Public  Global Note held through such
Participants will be the responsibility of such Participants, as is now the case
with securities held for the accounts of customers  registered in "street name."
Distributions  with respect to  beneficial  interests in the Public  Global Note
held through  Euroclear  or Cedel Bank will be credited to the cash  accounts of
Euroclear  participants  or  Cedel  Bank  participants  in  accordance  with the
relevant  system's  rules  and  procedures,   to  the  extent  received  by  its
depository.

             DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of Notes
only at the direction of one or more  Participants to whose account with DTC the
Notes  are  credited  and only in  respect  of such  position  of the  aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes as to which such  Participant or Participants has
or have given such direction.  The Trustee will act upon  instructions  received
from DTC in respect  of the  aggregate  percentages  of  interests  in the Notes
necessary for the Trustee to take action pursuant to the Indenture.

             Although  DTC has agreed to the  foregoing  procedures  in order to
facilitate transfers of Notes among its Participants,  it is under no obligation
to perform or continue to perform such  procedures  and such  procedures  may be
discontinued  at any time.  Neither the  Company  nor the Trustee  will have any
responsibility  for  the  performance  by DTC or its  Participants  or  Indirect
Participants  of their  respective  obligations  under the rules and  procedures
governing their operations.

             If an Event of Default has  occurred and is  continuing,  or if DTC
notifies the Company  that it is at any time  unwilling or unable to continue as
depositary  for any  Public  Global  Note or if at any time DTC  ceases  to be a
"clearing  corporation"  registered  under  the  Exchange  Act  and a  successor
depositary  is not appointed by the Company  within 90 days of such notice,  the
Company will issue individual  certificated Notes in definitive form in exchange
for such Public Global Note. In addition,  the Company may at any time determine
not to have the Notes  represented by Public Global Notes. In any such instance,
an owner or a  beneficial  interest in a Public  Global Note will be entitled to
physical delivery of individual  certificated  Notes in definitive form equal in
principal amount to such beneficial  interest in such Public Global Notes and to
have all such certificated Notes registered in its name. Individual certificated
Notes so issued in definitive  form will be issued in minimum  denominations  of
$1,000 and  integral  multiples  thereof and will be issued in  registered  form
only, without coupons.

                                       49
<PAGE>

SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

             Settlement  for the Notes  represented by a Public Global Note will
be made in immediately  available  funds. All payments of principal and interest
will be made by the Company in immediately available funds.

             The Notes will  trade in DTC's  SDFS  System  until  maturity,  and
secondary market trading activity in the Notes will therefore be required by DTC
to settle in immediately available funds.

GLOBAL CLEARANCE AND SETTLEMENT

             Although  DTC,   Euroclear  and  Cedel  Bank  have  agreed  to  the
procedures  provided  below in  order to  facilitate  transfers  of Notes  among
participants  of DTC,  Euroclear and Cedel Bank, they are under no obligation to
perform or continue  to perform  such  procedures,  and such  procedures  may be
modified or discontinued  at any time.  Neither the Company nor the Trustee will
have any  responsibility  for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel Bank or
their  respective  participants  or indirect  participants  of their  respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL BANK

             Euroclear  and Cedel Bank each hold  securities  for  participating
organizations   and  facilitate  the  clearance  and  settlement  of  securities
transactions  between their  respective  participants  by electronic  book-entry
changes in the accounts of such  participants.  Euroclear and Cedel Bank provide
to  their   participants,   among  other  things,   services  for   safekeeping,
administration,  clearance and settlement of  internationally  traded securities
and securities  lending and  borrowing.  Euroclear and Cedel Bank also deal with
domestic securities markets in several countries through established  depositary
and custodial relationships. Euroclear and Cedel Bank participants are financial
institutions such as underwriters,  securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies  and certain  other  organizations.  Indirect  access to Euroclear and
Cedel Bank is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies  that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a
Euroclear or Cedel Bank participant, either directly or indirectly.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

             Because  the  purchaser  determines  the place of  delivery,  it is
important  to  establish  at the  time of


                                       50
<PAGE>

trading any Notes where both the purchaser's  and seller's  accounts are located
to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS

             Secondary  market  trading  between  DTC  Participants  (other than
depositories for Euroclear and Cedel Bank,  respectively)  will be settled using
the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations in same-day funds.

TRADING BETWEEN EUROCLEAR AND/OR CEDEL BANK
PARTICIPANTS

             Secondary  market trading  between  Euroclear  participants  and/or
Cedel Bank  participants  will be settled  using the  procedures  applicable  to
conventional Eurobonds in same day funds.

TRADING BETWEEN DTC SELLER AND EUROCLEAR OR
CEDEL BANK PURCHASER

             When  Notes  are  to  be  transferred  from  the  account  of a DTC
Participant  (other than Chase and Citibank as  depositories  for  Euroclear and
Cedel Bank,  respectively) to the account of a Euroclear  participant or a Cedel
Bank  participant,  the purchaser must send  instructions  to Euroclear or Cedel
Bank  through a  participant  at least  one  business  day prior to  settlement.
Euroclear  or Cedel Bank,  as the case may be, will  instruct  their  respective
depositary to receive the Notes against  payment.  Payment will include interest
accrued on the Notes from and  including  the last payment date to and excluding
the settlement date, on the basis of a calendar year consisting of twelve 30-day
calendar months. For transactions settling on the 31st day of the month, payment
will include  interest  accrued to and  excluding the first day of the following
month.  Payment  will then be made by the  relevant  depositary  of Euroclear or
Cedel Bank to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Notes. After
settlement  has been  completed,  the Notes will be credited  to the  respective
clearing  system  and by the  clearing  system,  in  accordance  with its  usual
procedures, to the Euroclear participant's or Cedel Bank participants's account.
Credit for the Notes will appear on the next day (European  time) and cash debit
will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Notes will accrue from the value
date (which would be the preceding day when  settlement  occurs in New York). If
settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),
the  Euroclear or Cedel Bank cash debit will be valued  instead as of the actual
settlement date.


                                       51
<PAGE>

             Euroclear  participants  and Cedel Bank  participants  will need to
make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within  Euroclear or Cedel Bank. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Euroclear or Cedel Bank until
the Notes are credited to their accounts one day later.

             As an  alternative,  if Euroclear or Cedel Bank has extended a line
of credit to them,  participants  can elect not to pre-position  funds and allow
that credit line to be drawn upon to finance  settlement.  Under this procedure,
Euroclear  participants or Cedel Bank participants  purchasing Notes would incur
overdraft  charges for one day,  assuming  they cleared the  overdraft  when the
Notes were  credited  to their  accounts.  However,  interest on the Notes would
accrue from the value date.  Therefore,  in many cases, the investment income on
Notes earned during that one-day  period may reduce or offset the amount of such
overdraft  charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each  participant's
particular cost of funds.

             Because the  settlement  is taking place  during New York  business
hours,  DTC  Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Notes to
the respective  depositaries of Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be, for
the  benefit of  Euroclear  participants  or Cedel Bank  participants.  The sale
proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the  settlement  date.  Thus, to
the DTC Participant,  a cross-market transaction will settle no differently than
a trade between two DTC Participants.

TRADING BETWEEN EUROCLEAR OR CEDEL BANK SELLER AND
DTC PURCHASER

             Due to time zone differences in their favor, Euroclear participants
and  Cedel  Bank   participants  may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for
transactions  in which Notes are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing
system,  through their respective  depositaries to another DTC Participant.  The
seller must send  instructions  to Euroclear or Cedel Bank through a participant
at least one business  day prior to  settlement.  In these  cases,  Euroclear or
Cedel Bank will instruct their  respective  depositaries  to credit the Notes to
the DTC  Participant's  account against  payment.  Payment will include interest
accrued on the


                                       52
<PAGE>

Notes from and including  the last payment date to and excluding the  settlement
date on the  basis of a  calendar  year  consisting  of twelve  30-day  calendar
months.  For  transactions  settling on the 31st day of the month,  payment will
include  interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
The payment will then be reflected in the account of the  Euroclear  participant
or Cedel Bank participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in
the Euroclear or Cedel Bank  participant's  account will be  back-valued  to the
value date  (which  would be the  preceding  day when  settlement  occurs in New
York).  If the Euroclear  participant  or Cedel Bank  participant  has a line of
credit with its  respective  clearing  system and elects to draw on such line of
credit in  anticipation  of receipt of the sale  proceeds  in its  account,  the
back-valuation  will offset any  overdraft  charges  incurred  over that one-day
period.  If settlement is not  completed on the intended  value date (i.e.,  the
trade  fails),  receipt  of the cash  proceeds  in the  Euroclear  or Cedel Bank
participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

             Finally,  day  traders  that use  Euroclear  or Cedel Bank and that
purchase Notes from DTC  Participants  for credit to Euroclear  participants  or
Cedel Bank participants  should note that these trades would  automatically fail
on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

                    1.  borrowing  through  Euroclear  or Cedel Bank for one day
             (until the  purchase  side of the day trade is  reflected  in their
             Euroclear  account or Cedel Bank  account) in  accordance  with the
             clearing system's customary procedures;

                    2.  borrowing  the  Notes in the  United  States  from a DTC
             Participant no later than one day prior to settlement,  which would
             give the Notes  sufficient  time to be reflected in the  borrower's
             Euroclear account or Cedel Bank account in order to settle the sale
             side of the trade; or

                    3.  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of
             the  trade so that the  value  date for the  purchase  from the DTC
             Participant  is at least one day  prior to the  value  date for the
             sale to the Euroclear participant or Cedel Bank participant.


                                       53
<PAGE>


                  CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

             The following general discussion summarizes certain of the material
U.S. federal income tax  consequences to a prospective  holder of Notes from the
acquisition, ownership, disposition and conversion of the Notes. This discussion
is a summary for general  information  only and does not  consider all aspect of
U.S.  federal  income  tax  that may be  relevant  to the  purchase,  ownership,
disposition  and  conversion of the Notes by a prospective  investor in light of
that investor's particular  circumstances.  This discussion also deals only with
Notes held by a Holder as capital  assets  within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended to the date  hereof  (the
"Code").  This summary does not address all of the tax consequences  that may be
relevant  to a holder of Notes,  nor does it  address  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  to holders  subject to special  treatment under the federal income
tax  laws,  such as broker or  dealers  in  securities  of  currencies,  certain
securities traders,  tax-exempt entities,  banks, thrifts,  insurance companies,
other  financial  institutions,  persons  that hold the Notes as a position in a
"straddle"  or as part of a "synthetic  security,"  "hedging,"  "conversion"  or
other  integrated  instrument,  persons that have a "functional  currency" other
than the U.S.  dollar,  investors  in  pass-through  entities  and certain  U.S.
expatriates.  Further,  this  summary  does  not  address  (i)  the  income  tax
consequences to shareholders in or partners or beneficiaries of, a holder of the
Notes,  (ii) the United States federal  alternative  minimum tax consequences of
the purchase,  ownership disposition or conversion of Notes, or (iii) any state,
local or foreign tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership,  disposition or
conversion of Notes.

             This  discussion  is based  upon the Code,  existing  and  proposed
regulations thereunder,  and current administrative rulings and court decisions.
All of the foregoing are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and
any such change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion.

             PERSON  CONSIDERING THE PURCHASES OF NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN
TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE APPLICATION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAXES LAWS, AS WELL AS
THE  LAWS  OF ANY  STATE,  LOCAL,  OR  FOREIGN  TAXING  JURISDICTION,  TO  THEIR
PARTICULAR SITUATIONS.

U.S. HOLDERS

             For purposes of this discussion,  "U.S. Holder" generally means (i)
a citizen or  resident  (as  defined  in


                                       54
<PAGE>

770 1(b)(1) of the Code) of the United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership
created  or  organized  under the laws of the  United  States  or any  political
subdivision  thereof,  (iii) an estate the income of which is  includible in its
gross income for U.S.  federal income tax purposes without regard to its source,
or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise  primary
supervision over its administration and at least one United States fiduciary has
the authority to control all  substantial  decisions of the trust.  Certain U.S.
federal  income  consequences  relevant to a holder other than a U.S.  Holder (a
"Non-U.S. Holder") are discussed separately below.

Stated Interest

             Stated  interest  on a Note will  generally  be  taxable  to a U.S.
Holder  as  ordinary  interest  income  at the  time it is paid  or  accrued  in
accordance with such holder's  method of accounting for U.S.  federal income tax
purposes.  This  general rule is based,  in part,  on the  determination  by the
Company  that certain  contingencies  relating to the amount of interest and the
timing of  principal  payments on the Notes are  "remote"  within the meaning of
certain Treasury regulations.

             In the event the Company is required  to make  Additional  Interest
Payments,  the Notes  would be  treated  as  reissued  for OID  purposes  of the
Original Issue Discount ("OID")  regulations and, depending on the facts at that
time,  the deemed of  reissued  Notes may be treated as having OID that would be
accrued into a U.S.  Holder's  income as required by the applicable OID rules in
the Code and Treasury  regulation.  In the event that a Designated  Event occurs
triggering  the Holders  rights to require  repurchase of the Notes at more than
their stated principal amount,  there may be additional  consequences  under the
OID rules.

Bond Premium

             If a U.S. Holder purchases a Note at a cost greater than the Note's
principal amount plus the value of the conversion feature,  the excess generally
is treated as amortizable  bond premium.  A U.S. Holder may elect to deduct such
amortizable  bond premium (with a corresponding  reduction in the U.S.  Holder's
tax basis) over the remaining term of the Note (or a shorter period to the first
call date, if a smaller  deduction  would result) on an economic  accrual basis.
The election would apply to all taxable debt instruments held by the U.S. Holder
at any time during the first  taxable year to which the election  applies and to
any such debt  instruments  which are later  acquired  by the U.S.  Holder.



                                       55
<PAGE>

The  election  may not be revoked  without the consent of the  Internal  Revenue
Service ("IRS").

Market Discount

             If a U.S.  Holder  purchases a Note for an amount that is less than
its principal  amount,  the amount of the  difference  will be treated as market
discount for U.S.  federal income tax purposes,  unless such  difference is less
than a specified de minimis  amount.  Under the market  discount  rules,  a U.S.
Holder must accrue market  discount on a  straight-line  basis,  or may elect to
accrue it on an economic  accrual basis. A U.S. Holder will be required to treat
any  principal  payment  on,  or any  amount  received  on the  sale,  exchange,
retirement or other  disposition  of, a Note as ordinary income to the extent of
accrued market  discount which has not  previously  been included in income.  In
addition,  the U.S.  Holder may be required to defer,  until the maturity of the
Note or its earlier  disposition  in a taxable  transaction,  the deduction of a
portion of the  interest  expense of any  indebtedness  incurred or continued to
purchase or carry such.

             A U.S.  Holder of a Note acquired at a market discount may elect to
include market  discount in income as interest as it accrues,  in which case the
interest  deferral rule would not apply.  This election would apply to all bonds
with market discount  acquired by the electing U.S. Holder on or after the first
day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and is separate from
the election concerning the rate of accrual described above. The election may be
revoked only with the consent of the IRS.

Sale or Redemption of the Notes

             Upon the disposition of a Note by sale, exchange or redemption, the
U.S. Holder will generally  recognize gain or loss equal to the  difference,  if
any,  between (i) the amount  realized on the  disposition  (other than  amounts
attributable  to accrued  interest) and (ii) the U.S.  Holder's tax basis in the
Note. A U.S.  Holder's tax basis in a Note  generally will equal the cost of the
Note to the U.S. Holder, increased by OID or market discount previously included
(or  currently  includible)  in  such  holder's  gross  income  to the  date  of
disposition, and reduced by any payments other than payments of qualified stated
interest made on such Note. When a Note is sold, disposed of or redeemed between
Interest  Payment Dates,  the portion of the amount  realized on the disposition
that is  attributable  to  interest  accrued  to the  date of sale  (i)  must be
reported  as  interest  income by a cash  method  investor



                                       56
<PAGE>

and (ii) is received  tax-free by an accrual  method  investor  that has already
included the interest in income as it accrued.

             Assuming  the Note is held as a  capital  asset,  such gain or loss
will  generally  constitute  capital gain or loss and will be long-term  capital
gain or loss if the U.S.  Holder  has held such Note for  longer  than one year.
Federal income tax rates on long-term  capital gain received by individuals vary
based on the  individual's  income and the  holding  period  for the  asset.  In
particular,  different  maximum  tax  rates  apply  to  gains  recognized  by an
individual  from the sale of (i) assets  held for more than one year but no more
than 18 months  and (ii)  assets  held for more than 18 months.  Holders  should
contact  their tax advisors for more  information  or for the capital  gains tax
rate applicable to particular Notes.

Conversion into Common Stock of the Company

             In general,  no gain or loss will be  recognized  for U.S.  federal
income tax purposes upon a conversion of Notes into Common Stock.  However, cash
paid in lieu of a  fractional  share of Common Stock will result in taxable gain
(or loss) to the extent that the amount of such cash exceeds (or is exceeded by)
the portion of the adjusted tax basis of the Note  allocable to such  fractional
share. The initial tax basis of Common Stock received on conversion of the Notes
will  equal  the  adjusted  tax  basis  of the  converted  Notes  on the date of
conversion,  reduced by the portion of such adjusted tax basis  allocated to any
fractional  share of Common  Stock  considered  to be  exchanged  for cash.  The
holding period for Common Stock  received on conversion  will include the period
during which the converted Notes were held.

Adjustment of Conversion Price

             The  conversion  ratio of a Note is  subject  to  adjustment  under
certain  circumstances.  Section 305 of the Code and Treasury regulations issued
thereunder may treat U.S. Holders of the Notes as having received a constructive
distribution,  resulting  in  ordinary  income to the  extent  of the  Company's
current and  accumulated  earnings and profits (as determined  for U.S.  federal
income tax  purposes),  if, and to the extent that  certain  adjustments  of the
conversion  ratio increase the  proportionate  interest of a U.S.  Holder of the
Notes in the fully diluted share  ownership of the Company,  whether or not such
U.S. Holder exercises the conversion privilege. Moreover, if there is not a full
adjustment of the  conversion  ratio of the Notes to reflect a stock dividend or
other event that increases the proportionate


                                       57
<PAGE>

interest of holders of  outstanding  Common  Stock in the assets or earnings and
profits of the  Company,  then such  increase in the  proportionate  interest of
holders of the Common Stock generally will be treated as a taxable  distribution
to such holders with respect to their Common Stock.

Dividends Paid on the Shares

             A U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income
as ordinary dividend income the amount of any  distributions  paid on the Common
Stock to the  extent  that  such  distributions  are  paid out of the  Company's
current or  accumulated  earnings  and profits as  determined  for U.S.  federal
income tax purposes.  Distributions  in excess of such earnings and profits will
be applied  against  and will reduce the U.S.  Holder's  tax basis in its Common
Stock and,  to the  extent in excess of such tax basis,  will be treated as gain
from a sale or exchange of such Common Stock.

Disposition of Shares

             Upon the sale or other  disposition of Common Stock, a U.S.  Holder
generally  will recognize  capital gain or loss equal to the difference  between
the amount  realized  on the sale and such  holder's  adjusted  tax basis in the
Common  Stock.  Gain or loss upon the  disposition  of the Common  Stock will be
long-term if, at the time of the disposition,  the holding period for the Common
Stock  exceeds  one year  (which,  in the case of  Common  Stock  acquired  upon
conversion of a Note,  would include the period during which the converted  Note
was held).  Federal  income tax rates on  long-term  capital  gain  received  by
individuals vary based on the individual's income and the holding period for the
asset.  See "--Sale or Redemption of the Notes" above.  The deduction of capital
losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

NON-U.S. HOLDERS

             The following  discussion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax
consequences relevant to a holder of a Note who or which is a Non-U.S. Holder.

             This  discussion  does not deal with all  aspects  of U.S.  federal
income and estate  taxation that may be relevant to the  purchase,  ownership or
disposition  of the  Notes by any  particular  Non-U.S.  Holder in light of that
holder's  personal   circumstances,   including  holding  the  Notes  through  a
partnership.  For example,  persons who are partners in foreign partnerships and
beneficiaries of foreign trusts or estates who are


                                       58
<PAGE>

subject to U.S.  federal income tax because of their own status,  such as United
States residents or foreign persons engaged in a trade or business in the United
States,  may be subject to U.S. federal income tax even though the entity is not
subject to such tax on the disposition of its Note.

Stated Interest

             Under current United States  federal  income tax law,  payment on a
Note or coupon by the Company or any paying agent to a holder that is a Non-U.S.
Holder will not be subject to withholding of U.S.  federal income tax,  provided
that, with respect to payments of interest,  (i) the holder does not actually or
constructively  own 10  percent  or more of the  combined  voting  power  of all
classes of stock of the  Company  and is not a  controlled  foreign  corporation
related to the Company  through stock  ownership and (ii) the  beneficial  owner
provides a statement  signed under  penalties of perjury that  includes its name
and  address  and  certifies  (on an IRS  Form  W-8 or a  substantially  similar
substitute  form) that it is a Non-U.S.  Person in  compliance  with  applicable
requirements.

             Payments of interest on a Note that are effectively  connected with
the conduct of a trade or business  in the United  States by a Non-U.S.  Holder,
although  exempt from the  withholding  tax,  may be subject to  graduated  U.S.
federal income tax as if such amounts were earned by a U.S. Holder.

Sale or Redemption of Notes or Common Stock; Conversion
of Notes

             Except as described below and subject to the discussion  concerning
backup  withholding,  a  Non-U.S.  Holder  generally  will  not  be  subject  to
withholding  of U.S.  federal  income tax with respect to any gain realized upon
the sale or redemption of Notes or Common Stock or on the  conversion of a Note.
Further, a Non-U.S.  Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax with respect to any such gain unless (i) the gain is  effectively  connected
with a U.S. trade or business of such Non-U.S.  Person,  (ii) subject to certain
exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the Note as a capital
asset and is present in the  United  States for 183 days or more in the  taxable
year of the disposition, or (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant
to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to certain U.S. expatriates.


                                       59
<PAGE>

Dividends on Common Stock

             Any  distribution  on  Common  Stock  to  a  Non-U.S.  Holder  will
generally be subject to United States federal  income tax  withholding at a rate
of 30%,  unless (i) a lower rate is provided by an applicable tax treaty or (ii)
the  distribution  is  effectively  connected  with  the  conduct  of a trade or
business  in the  United  States by the  Non-U.S.  Holder.  For  either of these
exceptions to apply,  the Non-U.S.  Holder may be required to provide a properly
executed  certificate  claiming the benefits of a treaty or exemption (currently
Form 1001 or 4224, as applicable).

Federal Estate Tax

             The Notes will not be includible in the estate of a Non-U.S. Holder
who is not  domiciled in the United  States if interest paid on the Notes at the
time of his or her death  would have been exempt  from U.S.  federal  income and
withholding tax as described under "Non-U.S.  Holders-Stated  Interest  (without
regard to the requirement  that a non-U.S.  beneficial  ownership  statement has
been received).  An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is treated as the owner of or
has made  certain  lifetime  transfers  of an interest  in Common  Stock will be
required  to  include  the value  thereof in his gross  estate for U.S.  Federal
estate tax  purposes,  and may be subject to U.S.  Federal  estate tax unless an
applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

INFORMATION REPORTING

             In  general,  information  reporting  requirements  will  apply  to
payments  made  on,  and  proceeds  from  the  sale  of,  the  Notes  held  by a
noncorporate  U.S. Holder within the United States.  In addition,  payments made
on, and  payments  of  proceeds  from the sale of,  the Notes to or through  the
United States office of a broker are subject to information reporting unless the
holder  thereof  certifies  as to its  non-United  States  status  or  otherwise
establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.  See
"Backup Withholding."

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

             Payments  made on, and proceeds  from the sale of, the Notes may be
subject to a "backup"  withholding  tax of 31% unless the holder  complies  with
certain identification or exemption  requirements.  Any amounts so withheld will
be allowed as a credit against the holder's  income tax liability,  or refunded,
provided the required information is provided to the IRS.


                                       60
<PAGE>

NEW REGULATIONS RELATING TO WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION
REPORTING

             In October  1997,  the IRS issued  final  regulations  relating  to
withholding,  backup  withholding  and  information  reporting  with  respect to
payments made to Non-U.S.  Persons. The regulations  generally apply to payments
made after December 31, 1998. However,  withholding  certificates that are valid
under the present rules on December 31, 1998,  remain valid until the earlier of
December 31, 1999 or the expiration  date of the  certificate  under the present
rules (unless  otherwise  invalidated due to changes in the circumstances of the
person whose name is on the certificate).

             When effective,  the new  regulations  will streamline and, in some
cases,  alter the types of statements and information  that must be furnished to
claim a reduced rate of withholding.  While various IRS forms (such as IRS Forms
1001 and 4224)  currently  are used to claim  exemption  from  withholding  or a
reduced  withholding  rate, the preamble to the regulations  states that the IRS
intends most certifications to be made on revised Form W-8. The regulations also
clarify the duties of U.S.  payors making payments to foreign persons and modify
the rules  concerning  withholding on payments made to Non-U.S.  Persons through
foreign intermediaries.
 With  some  exceptions,  the new  regulations  treat  a  payment  to a  foreign
partnership  as a  payment  directly  to  the  partners.  The  regulations  also
eliminate the address rule under which  dividends paid to a foreign address were
presumed to be paid to a resident at that address and therefore eligible for the
benefit of any applicable tax treaty.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

             The Company will not receive any of the  proceeds  from the sale of
the Notes or Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  thereof  offered by this
Prospectus.


                                 SELLING HOLDERS

             The Notes were originally issued by the Company to Salomon Brothers
Inc, Deutsche Morgan Grenfell Inc., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Smith Barney Inc.,
Robertson,  Stephens  &  Company  LLC and  First  Union  Capital  Markets  Corp.
(collectively,  the "Initial Purchasers").  The Initial Purchasers  subsequently
advised the Company that they resold the Notes, in transactions exempt from the



                                       61
<PAGE>

registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act (i) in the United  States to
Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act
or to Institutional  Accredited  Investors that agreed in writing to comply with
the  transfer  restrictions  and  other  conditions  set  forth in the  Purchase
Agreement, and (ii) outside the United States in transactions complying with the
provisions of Regulation S under the Securities Act. Each of the Selling Holders
is a direct or indirect transferee of an Initial Purchaser.  The Selling Holders
(which term includes their  transferees,  pledgees,  donees or their successors)
may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this  Prospectus  any or all of
the Notes and Shares  issued upon  conversion  of the Notes held by such Selling
Holders.

             The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to the
Selling Holders and the respective principal amounts of Notes beneficially owned
by each Selling  Holder that may be offered  pursuant to this  Prospectus.  Such
information  has been obtained from the Selling  Holders.  The Shares into which
the Notes are convertible are also offered pursuant to this Prospectus,  and the
formula for  conversion is set forth herein under  "DESCRIPTION  OF THE NOTES --
Conversion."  To the Company's  knowledge,  none of the Selling  Holders has, or
within the past three  years has had,  any  position,  office or other  material
relationship with the Company or any of its predecessors or affiliates.  Because
the  Selling  Holders  may  offer  all or some  portion  of the  Notes or Shares
issuable upon conversion thereof pursuant to this Prospectus, no estimate can be
given as to the amount of the Notes or Shares issuable upon  conversion  thereof
that will be held by the Selling Holders upon  termination of any such sales. In
addition,  the Selling Holders  identified  below may have sold,  transferred or
otherwise  disposed of all or a portion of their Notes,  since the date on which
they provided the information  regarding their Notes (November 5 or 6, 1997), in
transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


                                                        PRINCIPAL
                                  PRINCIPAL              AMOUNT OF
                                AMOUNT OF NOTES       NOTES COVERED
       SELLING HOLDER            BENEFICIALLY            BY THIS
      NAME AND ADDRESS              OWNED               PROSPECTUS
      ----------------          ---------------       --------------
AAM/Zazove Institutional         $1,500,000              $1,500,000           
  Income Fund, L.P.                                                          
                                                                             
Allstate Insurance Company       $4,500,000              $4,500,000           


                                       62
<PAGE>

                                                                             
Brown & Williamson Convertible   $300,000                 $300,000           
  Retirement Trust                                                           
                                                                             
CRW-C, L.P.                   $13,000,000              $13,000,000             
                                                                               
Christian Science Trustees       $150,000                 $150,000             
  for Gifts and Endowments                                                     
                                                                               
Daiwa Europe Limited           $1,500,000               $1,500,000            
                                                                               
Declaration of Trust for         $650,000                 $650,000             
  the Defined Benefit Plan of                                                  
  ICI American Holdings Inc.                                                   
                                                                               
Declaration of Trust for         $450,000                 $450,000             
  the Defined Benefit Plan of                                                  
  Zeneca Holdings Inc.                                                         
                                                                          
Delaware State Employees       $2,100,000               $2,100,000      
  Retirement Fund                                                       
                                                                        
First Church of Christ,          $150,000                 $150,000      
  Scientist -- Endowment                                                
                                                                        
General Motors Employee        $5,544,000               $5,544,000      
  Domestic Group Pension                                                
  Trust                                                                 
                                                                        
General Motors Employees       $7,300,000               $7,300,000      
  Domestic Group Trust                                                  
                                                                        
General Motors Foundation        $203,000                 $203,000      
  Inc.                                                                  
                                                                        
Hillside Capital Incorporated    $190,000                 $190,000      
  Corporate Account                                                     
                                                                        
MainStay Convertible Fund      $3,500,000               $3,500,000      
                                                                        
J.W. McConnell Family            $400,000                 $400,000      
  Family Foundation                                                     
                                                                        
McMahan Securities Co., L.P.   $1,000,000               $1,000,000      
                                                                        
J.P. Morgan & Co. Incorporated $4,009,000               $4,009,000      
                                                                        
Motors Insurance Corporation   $1,253,000               $1,253,000      
                                                                        
New York Life Separate         $1,700,000               $1,700,000      
  Account #7                                                            
                                                                        
Public Employees' Retirement     $114,500                 $114,500      
  Association of Colorado                                               


                                       63
<PAGE>
                                                                        
Summer Hill Global Partners, L.P. $50,000                  $50,000      
                                                                        
The TCW Group, Inc.            $9,970,000               $9,970,000 
                                                                        
Thermo Electron Balanced         $560,000                 $560,000      
  Investment Fund                                                       
                                                                        
Van Kampen American            $2,950,000               $2,950,000      
  Capital Harbor Fund                                   

             The foregoing list of Selling  Holders does not include  holders of
$___________  aggregate principal amount of Notes which have been registered for
future sale under the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
Additional Selling Holders will be listed,  together with the amount of Notes to
be offered by such holders, in one or more supplements to this Prospectus.  Only
the Selling Holders listed in this  Prospectus or in any supplement  thereto (or
the  transferees,   pledgees  or  donees  of  such  Selling  Holders,  or  their
successors)  will be entitled to offer their Notes by means of this  Prospectus,
as supplemented from time to time.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

             The  Securities  offered  hereby  may be sold  from time to time to
purchasers directly by the Selling Holders.  Alternatively,  the Selling Holders
may  from  time  to  time  offer  the  Securities  to or  through  underwriters,
broker-dealers  or  agents,  who  may  receive   compensation  in  the  form  of
commissions,  concessions,  allowances or discounts from the Selling  Holders or
the  purchasers  of  Securities  for whom they may act as agents or to whom they
sell Securities as principal or both (which commissions, concessions, allowances
or  discounts  might be in excess of  customary  amounts  thereof).  The Selling
Holders and any  underwriters,  broker-dealers or agents that participate in the
distribution of Securities may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning
of the  Securities  Act and any profit on the sale of Securities by them and any
commissions, concessions, allowances or discounts or other compensation received
by any such underwriter, broker-dealer or agent may be deemed to be underwriting
commissions, concessions, allowances or discounts under the Securities Act.

             The  Securities  may be  sold  from  time  to  time  in one or more
transactions at fixed prices,  at prevailing  market prices at the time of sale,
at varying prices  determined at the time of sale or at negotiated  prices.  The
sale of Securities may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or
block transactions) (i) on


                                       64
<PAGE>

any national  securities  exchange or quotation  service on which the Securities
may be  listed  or  quoted  at the  time of sale,  (ii) in the  over-the-counter
market,  (iii)  in  transactions  otherwise  than  on such  exchanges  or in the
over-the-counter  market or (iv)  through the writing of options.  At the time a
particular  offering of the  Securities  is made,  a Prospectus  Supplement,  if
required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount and type
of Securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or
names of any underwriters,  broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions
and other  terms  constituting  compensation  from the  Selling  Holders and any
discounts,   commissions  or  concessions   allowed  or  reallowed  or  paid  to
broker-dealers.

             In connection with the  distribution of the Securities,  certain of
the Selling Holders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers.  In
connection with such  transactions,  broker-dealers may engage in short sales of
the  Securities  in the course of hedging  the  positions  they  assume with the
Selling  Holders.  The Selling  Holders may also sell the  Securities  short and
redeliver the Securities to close out the short  positions.  The Selling Holders
may also enter  into  option or other  transactions  with  broker-dealers  which
require the delivery of the Securities to the broker-dealer. The Selling Holders
may also loan or pledge the Securities.

             The Selling Holders will be subject to applicable provisions of the
Exchange Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder,  which  provisions  may
limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the  Securities by the Selling
Holders. The foregoing may affect the marketability of the Securities.

             Pursuant  to  the  Registration  Agreement,  all  expenses  of  the
registration of the Securities will be paid by the Company,  including,  without
limitation,  Commission  filing  fees and  expenses  of  compliance  with  state
securities or "blue sky" laws, provided,  however, that the Selling Holders will
pay all  underwriting  discounts  and selling  commissions,  if any. The Selling
Holders will be indemnified by the Company  against  certain civil  liabilities,
including  certain  liabilities under the Securities Act, or will be entitled to
contribution  in connection  therewith.  The Company will be  indemnified by the
Selling Holders against certain civil liabilities, including certain liabilities
under the  Securities  Act, or will be entitled to  contribution  in  connection
therewith.


                                       65
<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

             Aloysius T. Lawn, IV, the Company's  General Counsel and Secretary,
will  render an  opinion  to the  effect  that the  Securities  offered  by this
Prospectus are duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and non-assessable.
Mr. Lawn owns  180,000  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock and holds vested
options to  purchase  60,000  shares at a price of $11.625  per share and 90,000
shares at a price of $10.56 per share.


                                     EXPERTS

             The consolidated  financial  statements and schedule of the Company
and subsidiaries  incorporated by reference in this Prospectus have been audited
by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and
for the periods set forth in their reports incorporated herein by reference, and
are  incorporated  herein in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority
of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

             The consolidated  financial  statements of Shared  Technologies and
subsidiaries  at  December  31,  1996 and for the year ended  December  31, 1996
incorporated  by  reference  in this  Prospectus  have  been  audited  by Arthur
Andersen LLP,  independent  certified public accountants,  as indicated in their
report  with  respect  thereto,  and are  incorporated  by  reference  herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving such reports.

             The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule  of  Shared
Technologies and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and for each of the two years
in the  period  ended  December  31,  1995  incorporated  by  reference  in this
Prospectus  have been audited by Rothstein,  Kass & Company,  P.C.,  independent
certified public  accountants,  as indicated in their report,  which includes an
explanatory  paragraph  relating to the changing of the method of accounting for
its  investment  in one of its  subsidiaries,  with  respect  thereto,  and  are
incorporated by reference  herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.



                                       66
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

AVAILABLE INFORMATION....................................................    2

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE..........................    3

RISK FACTORS.............................................................    4

THE COMPANY..............................................................   23

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK.............................................   23

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES.................................................   23

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.............................   54

USE OF PROCEEDS..........................................................   61

SELLING HOLDERS..........................................................   61

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.....................................................   64

LEGAL MATTERS............................................................   66

EXPERTS..................................................................   66





                                       67
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.


         SEC registration  . . . . . . . . . . . $  90,909
         Printing and engraving expenses . . . .    ______*
         Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . .    ______*
         Accounting fees and expenses  . . . . .    ______*
         Transfer agent and trustee fees . . . .    ______*
         Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . .    ______*

         Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $  ______*

         *Estimates


Item 15.  Indemnification of Director and Officers.

             The Delaware General Corporation Law provides,  in substance,  that
Delaware  corporations shall have the power, under specified  circumstances,  to
indemnify  their  directors,  officers,  employees and agents in connection with
actions  or suits by or in the right of the  corporation,  by reason of the fact
that they were or are such directors,  officers,  employees and agents,  against
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) and,  in the case of  actions,  suits or
proceedings brought by third parties,  against judgment,  fines and amounts paid
in  settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred in any such  action,  suit or
proceeding.

             The  Company's  Bylaws  also  provide  for  indemnification  to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General  Corporation Law.  Reference is
made to the Company's Bylaws.

             As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company's
Bylaws eliminate the personal  liability of its directors to the Company and its
stockholders,  in certain  circumstances,  for monetary  damages  arising from a
breach of the  director's  duty of care.  Additionally,  the Company has entered
into indemnification  agreements with some of its directors and officers.  These
agreements  provide for  indemnification  to the fullest extent permitted by law
and, in certain respects,  may provide greater protection than that specifically
provided for by provide



                                      II-1
<PAGE>

indemnification for, among other things,  conduct which is adjudged to be fraud,
deliberate dishonesty or willful misconduct.

             The Company has  purchased  an  insurance  policy that  purports to
insure the officers and directors against certain  liabilities  incurred by them
in the discharge of their functions as officers and directors.


Item 16.  Exhibits.

Exhibit No.          Description

4.1        Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as
           amended  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the  Company's
           registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-38943)).

4.2        Bylaws of the Company  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
           the   Company's   registration   statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.
           33-94940)).

4.3        Indenture,  dated  September  9, 1997,  between the Company and First
           Trust of New York, National Association.

4.4        Registration Agreement,  dated September 3, 1997, between the Company
           and the Initial Purchasers.

5.1        Opinion of Aloysius T. Lawn, IV.

23.1       Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.

23.2       Consent of Aloysius T. Lawn, IV (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).

23.3       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23.4       Consent of Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C.

24.1       Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature page).

25.1       Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.


                                      II-2

<PAGE>

Item 17.  Undertakings.

             (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

             (1) To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

             (i) To include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

             (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of registration  statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  represents  a
fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration  statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not exceed that
which  was  registered)  and any  deviation  form  the  low or  high  and of the
estimated  maximum  offering  range may be reflected  in the form of  prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
changes in volume  and price  represent  no more than 20  percent  change in the
maximum  aggregate  offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

             (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously  disclosed in the  registration  statement or any
material change to such  information in the  registration  statement;  provided,
however,   that  paragraphs  (a)(1)(i)  and  (a)(1)(ii)  do  not  apply  if  the
registration statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the information
required to be included in a  post-effective  amendment by those  paragraphs  is
contained in periodic  reports filed with or furnished to the  Commission by the
registrar pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

             (2) That,  for the purpose of determining  any liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.


                                      II-3

<PAGE>

             (3) To remove from the  registration  by means of a post- effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

             (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes
of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act of 1933,  each filing of
the  registrant's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  (and,  where  applicable,  each  filing of an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934)  that is  incorporated  by  reference  in the
registration  statement  shall  be  deemed  to be a new  registration  statement
relating to the securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

             (c) Insofar as  indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


                                      II-4


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

             Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the  Township of  Solebury,  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  on
November 7, 1997.

                                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.



                                             By: /s/ Daniel Borislow
                                                 -------------------------------
                                             Daniel Borislow
                                                Chairman of the Board of
                                                Directors, Chief Executive
                                                Officer and Director

             KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Daniel Borislow and Aloysius T. Lawn, IV,
and each of them,  each with full power to act without  the other,  his true and
lawful  attorney-in-fact  and agent,  each with full power of  substitution  and
resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities,  to sign any or all further  amendments  or  supplements  (including
post-effective  amendments) to this Form S-3 Registration  Statement and to file
the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection
therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto each of
said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents full power and  authority  to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises,  as fully as to all  intents  and  purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said  attorneys-in-fact
and agents,  or his  substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.



                                      II-5


<PAGE>

             Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated below:




Signature                      Title                         Date
- ---------                      ------                        ----


/s/ Daniel Borislow            Chairman of the Board         November 7, 1997
- ------------------------        of Directors, Chief 
Daniel Borislow                Executive Officer and
                               Director (Principal  
                               Executive Officer)   


/s/ Gary W. McCulla            President, Director           November 7, 1997
- ------------------------       of Sales and  
Gary W. McCulla                Marketing and 
                               Director      


/s/ Emanuel J. DeMaio          Chief Operations              November 7, 1997
- ------------------------       Officer and Director
Emanuel J. DeMaio              


/s/ George Farley              Chief Financial               November 7, 1997
- ------------------------       Officer, Treasurer    
George Farley                  and Director          
                               (Principal Financial  
                               Officer)              


/s/ Kevin R. Kelly             Controller (Principal         November 7, 1997
- ------------------------       Accounting Officer)
Kevin R. Kelly                 


/s/ Harold First               Director                      November 7, 1997
- ------------------------
Harold First


/s/ Ronald R. Thoma            Director                      November 7, 1997
- ------------------------
Ronald R. Thoma



                                      II-6


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit No.                       Description

4.1     Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company,  as
        amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  4.1 to the  Company's
        registration statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-38943)).

4.2     Bylaws of the Company  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
        Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-94940)).

4.3     Indenture,  dated September 9, 1997, between the Company and First Trust
        of New York, National Association.

4.4     Registration Agreement, dated September 3, 1997, between the Company and
        the Initial Purchasers.

5.1     Opinion of Aloysius T. Lawn, IV.

23.1    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.

23.2    Consent of Aloysius T. Lawn, IV (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).

23.3    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23.4    Consent of Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C.

24.1    Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature page).

25.1    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.



                                      II-7





================================================================================














                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                                       TO

                  FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                                                         TRUSTEE







                                   -----------

                                    INDENTURE

                          DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 9, 1997

                 4 1/2% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2002






================================================================================


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page


                                                   ARTICLE I


                                  Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
SECTION 1.01.  Definitions........................................................................................1
SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions..................................................................................6
SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act..................................................7
SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction..............................................................................8

                                                  ARTICLE II


                                                The Securities

SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating....................................................................................8
SECTION 2.02.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery............................................................10
SECTION 2.03.  Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent......................................................10
SECTION 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust...............................................................11
SECTION 2.05.  Noteholder Lists..................................................................................11
SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.............................................................................11
SECTION 2.07.  Replacement Securities............................................................................14
SECTION 2.08.  Outstanding Securities............................................................................14
SECTION 2.09.  Treasury Securities...............................................................................15
SECTION 2.10.  Temporary Securities; Exchange of Global Security for Certificated Securities.....................15
SECTION 2.11.  Cancellation......................................................................................16
SECTION 2.12.  Defaulted Interest................................................................................16

                                                  ARTICLE III


                                                  Redemption

SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee................................................................................16
SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Securities to be Redeemed............................................................17
SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption..............................................................................17
SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption....................................................................18
SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.......................................................................18
SECTION 3.06.  Securities Redeemed in Part.......................................................................18
SECTION 3.07.  Optional Redemption...............................................................................18
SECTION 3.08.  Designated Event Offer............................................................................19
</TABLE>


                                       i

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ARTICLE IV


                                                   Covenants

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Securities.............................................................................21
SECTION 4.02.  SEC Reports.......................................................................................21
SECTION 4.03.  Compliance Certificate............................................................................21
SECTION 4.04.  Stay, Extension and Usury Law.....................................................................22
SECTION 4.05.  Corporate Existence...............................................................................22
SECTION 4.06.  Taxes.............................................................................................23
SECTION 4.07.  Designated Event..................................................................................23

                                                   ARTICLE V


                                                  Conversion

SECTION 5.01.  Conversion Privilege..............................................................................23
SECTION 5.02.  Conversion Procedure..............................................................................24
SECTION 5.03.  Fractional Shares.................................................................................25
SECTION 5.04.  Taxes on Conversion...............................................................................25
SECTION 5.05.  Company to Provide Stock..........................................................................25
SECTION 5.06.  Adjustment of Conversion Price....................................................................25
SECTION 5.07.  No Adjustment.....................................................................................29
SECTION 5.08.  Other Adjustments.................................................................................29
SECTION 5.09.  Adjustments for Tax Purposes......................................................................29
SECTION 5.10.  Adjustments by the Company........................................................................29
SECTION 5.11.  Notice of Adjustment..............................................................................30
SECTION 5.12.  Notice of Certain Transactions....................................................................30
SECTION 5.13.  Effect of Reclassifications, Consolidations, Mergers or Sales on Conversion Privilege.............30
SECTION 5.14.  Trustee's Disclaimer..............................................................................31

                                                  ARTICLE VI


                                                 Subordination

SECTION 6.01.  Agreement to Subordinate..........................................................................32
SECTION 6.02.  No Payment on Securities if Senior Debt in Default................................................32
SECTION 6.03.  Distribution on Acceleration of Securities; Dissolution and Reorganization;
                           Subrogation of Securities.............................................................33
SECTION 6.04.  Reliance by Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions...............................................36
SECTION 6.05.  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.............................................................36
SECTION 6.06.  Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt.................................................................37
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                                                              <C>
SECTION 6.07.  Other Provisions Subject Hereto...................................................................38

                                                  ARTICLE VII


                                                  Successors

SECTION 7.01.  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets...........................................................38
SECTION 7.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.................................................................39

                                                 ARTICLE VIII


                                             Defaults and Remedies

SECTION 8.01.  Events of Default.................................................................................39
SECTION 8.02.  Acceleration......................................................................................40
SECTION 8.03.  Other Remedies....................................................................................41
SECTION 8.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults...........................................................................41
SECTION 8.05.  Control by Majority...............................................................................41
SECTION 8.06.  Limitation on Suits...............................................................................41
SECTION 8.07.  Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment..........................................................42
SECTION 8.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee........................................................................42
SECTION 8.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..................................................................42
SECTION 8.10.  Priorities........................................................................................43
SECTION 8.11.  Undertaking for Costs.............................................................................43

                                                  ARTICLE IX


                                                    Trustee

SECTION 9.01.  Duties of Trustee.................................................................................43
SECTION 9.02.  Rights of Trustee.................................................................................44
SECTION 9.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee......................................................................45
SECTION 9.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer..............................................................................45
SECTION 9.05.  Notice of Defaults................................................................................45
SECTION 9.06.  Reports by Trustee to Noteholders.................................................................45
SECTION 9.07.  Compensation and Indemnity........................................................................45
SECTION 9.08.  Replacement of Trustee............................................................................46
SECTION 9.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc..................................................................47
SECTION 9.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.....................................................................47
SECTION 9.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.................................................47
</TABLE>


                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   ARTICLE X


                                            Discharge of Indenture

<S>                                                                                                             <C>
SECTION 10.01.  Termination of Company's Obligations.............................................................47
SECTION 10.02.  Repayment to Company.............................................................................48

                                                  ARTICLE XI


                                      Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

SECTION 11.01.  Without Consent of Noteholders...................................................................48
SECTION 11.02.  With Consent of Noteholders......................................................................49
SECTION 11.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..............................................................50
SECTION 11.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents................................................................50
SECTION 11.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Securities............................................................50
SECTION 11.06.  Trustee Protected................................................................................51

                                                  ARTICLE XII


                                                 Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.....................................................................51
SECTION 12.02.  Notices..........................................................................................51
SECTION 12.03.  Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders..............................................51
SECTION 12.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent...............................................52
SECTION 12.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion....................................................52
SECTION 12.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents......................................................................52
SECTION 12.07.  Legal Holidays...................................................................................52
SECTION 12.08.  No Recourse Against Others.......................................................................53
SECTION 12.09.  Counterparts.....................................................................................53
SECTION 12.10.  Variable Provisions..............................................................................53
SECTION 11.11.  GOVERNING LAW....................................................................................54
SECTION 12.12.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements....................................................54
SECTION 12.13.  Successors.......................................................................................54
SECTION 12.14.  Severability.....................................................................................54
SECTION 12.15.  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.................................................................54
</TABLE>



                                       iv
<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A     FORM OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE...................       A-1

EXHIBIT B     FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE............................       B-1

EXHIBIT C     FORM OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR TRANSFEREE
                 CERTIFICATE..........................................       C-1

EXHIBIT D     FORM OF REGISTRATION AGREEMENT..........................       E-1













                                       v


<PAGE>



                  INDENTURE  dated as of  September  9,  1997  between  Tel-Save
Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  and First Trust of New
York, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                  Each  party  agrees as  follows  for the  benefit of the other
party and for the equal and ratable  benefit of the Noteholders of the Company's
4 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2002 (the "Securities"):

                                    ARTICLE I

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

                  SECTION 1.01. Definitions. "Affiliate" of any specified person
means any other person  directly or indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or
under direct or indirect  common  control with such  specified  person.  For the
purposes of this definition,  "control"  (including,  with correlative meanings,
the terms  "controlling",  "controlled by" and "under common control with"),  as
used  with  respect  to any  person,  shall  mean the  possession,  directly  or
indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the  management or
policies of such person,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities or
by agreement or otherwise.

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.

                  "Board  of  Directors"  means the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company or any authorized committee of the Board.

                  "Board  Resolution"  means a copy of a resolution of the Board
of Directors certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company
to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivery to
the Trustee.

                  "Business Day" means any day that is not a Legal Holiday.

                  "Capital   Stock"   means  any  and  all  shares,   interests,
participations,  rights  or other  equivalents  (however  designated)  of equity
interests in any entity,  including,  without  limitation,  corporate  stock and
partnership interests.

                  "Change of Control" means any event where: (i) any "person" or
"group" (as such terms are used in Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
is or becomes the "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act) of shares  representing  more than 50% of the combined  voting
power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in elections
of directors of the Company ("Voting Stock"), (ii) the Company consolidates with
or  merges  into any other  corporation,  or any other  person  merges  into the
Company, and, in the case of any such transaction,  the outstanding Common Stock
of the  Company is  reclassified  into or  exchanged  for any other  property or
security,  unless  the  stockholders  of the  Company  immediately  before  such
transaction own, directly or indirectly


<PAGE>

immediately  following  such  transaction,  at least a majority of the  combined
voting power of the outstanding  voting securities of the corporation  resulting
from such transaction in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of
the Voting Stock immediately before such transaction, (iii) the Company conveys,
transfers or leases all or substantially  all of its assets to any person (other
than to one or more  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of the Company) or (iv) any time
the Continuing  Directors do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors
of the Company (or, if applicable, a successor corporation to the Company).

                  "Common  Stock"  means the common  stock of the Company as the
same exists at the date of the execution of this  Indenture or as such stock may
be constituted from time to time.

                  "Company"  means  the  party  named  as  such  above  until  a
successor  replaces it in accordance  with Article VII and thereafter  means the
successor.

                  "Continuing  Directors" means as of any date of determination,
any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of  Directors  on the date of this  Indenture  or (ii) was  nominated  for
election or elected to such Board of  Directors  with the approval of a majority
of the  Continuing  Directors who were members of such board at the time of such
nomination or election.

                  "Daily  Market  Price"  means  the  price of a share of Common
Stock on the relevant  date,  determined  (a) on the basis of the last  reported
sale price  regular  way of the Common  Stock as  reported  on the Nasdaq  Stock
Market's  National Market (the "NNM"), or if the Common Stock is not then listed
on the NNM, as  reported on such  national  securities  exchange  upon which the
Common Stock is listed,  or (b) if there is no such  reported sale on the day in
question,  on the basis of the average of the  closing bid and asked  quotations
regular way as so reported,  or (c) if the Common Stock is not listed on the NNM
or on any national securities exchange,  on the basis of the average of the high
bid  and  low  asked  quotations  regular  way on the  day  in  question  in the
over-the-counter  market as reported by the National  Association  of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation System, or if not so quoted, as reported by National
Quotation Bureau, Incorporated, or a similar organization.

                  "Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both, would be an Event of Default.

                  "Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company,  its nominees
and their respective successors.

                  "Designated Event" means the occurrence of a Change of Control
or a Termination of Trading.

                  "Designated  Senior Debt" means (i) any Senior Debt which,  as
of the date of this Indenture,  has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of
at  least  $15  million,  and  (ii)  any


                                       2
<PAGE>

Senior Debt which,  at the date of  determination,  has an  aggregate  principal
amount outstanding of, or commitments to lend up to, at least $15 million and is
specifically designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing
such Senior Debt as  "Designated  Senior  Debt" for  purposes of this  Indenture
(provided,  that such  instrument  may place  limitations  and conditions on the
right of such Senior Debt to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt).

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set
forth in the opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of
the American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other
statements  by such other  entity as  approved by a  significant  segment of the
accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

                  "Global  Securities  Legend" means the legend  labeled as such
and that is set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                  "Guarantee"  means a guarantee  (other than by  endorsement of
negotiable  instruments  for  collection  in the ordinary  course of  business),
direct or indirect,  in any manner (including,  without  limitation,  letters of
credit and reimbursement  agreements in respect thereof),  of all or any part of
any Indebtedness.

                  "Indebtedness"   means,  with  respect  to  any  person,   all
obligations, whether or not contingent, of such person (i)(a) for borrowed money
(including, but not limited to, any indebtedness secured by a security interest,
mortgage or other lien on the assets of such person which is (1) given to secure
all or part of the purchase price of property subject thereto,  whether given to
the vendor of such  property or to another,  or (2)  existing on property at the
time of  acquisition  thereof),  (b)  evidenced  by a note,  debenture,  bond or
written instrument,  (c) under a lease required to be capitalized on the balance
sheet of the lessee under GAAP or under any lease or related document (including
a purchase agreement) which provides that such person is contractually obligated
to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such leased  property,  (d) in
respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances (including
reimbursement  obligations  with  respect  to any of the  foregoing),  (e)  with
respect to Indebtedness secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge
or adverse claim  affecting  title or resulting in an  encumbrance  to which the
property or assets of such  person are  subject,  whether or not the  obligation
secured  thereby shall have been assumed or Guaranteed by or shall  otherwise be
such person's legal liability, (f) in respect of the balance of the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of any property or assets,  and (g) under interest rate or
currency swap  agreements,  cap, floor and collar  agreements,  spot and forward
contracts  and similar  agreements  and  arrangements;  (ii) with respect to any
obligation of others of the type described in the preceding  clause (i) or under
clause (iii) below  assumed by or  guaranteed in any manner by such person or in
effect  guaranteed by such person  through an agreement to purchase  (including,
without  limitation,  "take or pay" and  similar  arrangements),  contingent  or
otherwise (and the obligations of such



                                       3
<PAGE>

person under any such assumptions,  guarantees or other such arrangements);  and
(iii) any and all deferrals, renewals,  extensions,  refinancings and refundings
of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any of the foregoing.

                  "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended from time to time.

                  "Initial  Purchasers"  means Salomon  Brothers  Inc,  Deutsche
Morgan  Grenfell Inc. Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc.,  Smith Barney Inc.,  Robertson,
Stevens & Company LLC and First Union Capital Markets Corp.

                  Bear,  Stearns  & Co.  Inc.,  Smith  Barney  Inc.,  Robertson,
Stephens & Company LLC and First Union Capital Markets Corp.

                  "Issuance  Date"  means the date on which the  Securities  are
first authenticated and issued.

                  "Material  Subsidiary"  means any  Subsidiary  of the  Company
which, at the date of determination, is a "significant subsidiary" as defined in
Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as
such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof).

                  "Noteholder"  or  "holder"  means a  person  in  whose  name a
Security is registered.

                  "Obligations" means any principal,  interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

                  "Offering  Memorandum" means the offering  memorandum relating
to the Securities dated September 3, 1997.

                  "Officers'  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed  by two
Officers,  one of whom must be the  Chairman of the Board,  the Chief  Executive
Officer,  the  President,  the Chief  Financial  Officer or the Treasurer of the
Company. See Sections 12.04 and 12.05 hereof.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a  written  opinion  from  legal
counsel who is acceptable  to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee. See Sections 12.04 and 12.05 hereof.

                  "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "principal"  of a debt  security  means the  principal  of the
security plus the premium, if any, on the security.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  "Registration  Agreement"  means  the  Registration  Agreement
relating to the Securities dated September 3, 1997,  between the Company and the
Initial Purchasers, a form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto.

                  "Representative"  means the trustee,  agent or  representative
(if any) for an issue of Senior Debt.

                  "Restricted  Securities  Legend"  means the legend  labeled as
such and that is set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Securities"  means the  Securities  described in the preamble
above that are issued, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Senior Debt" means the  principal  of,  interest on and other
amounts due on Indebtedness of the Company,  whether  outstanding on the date of
the  Indenture or  thereafter  created,  incurred,  assumed or Guaranteed by the
Company;  unless, in the instrument  creating or evidencing or pursuant to which
Indebtedness is outstanding,  it is expressly provided that such Indebtedness is
not senior in right of payment to the  Securities.  Senior Debt  includes,  with
respect to the obligations described above,  interest accruing,  pursuant to the
terms of such Senior Debt,  on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy
or for  reorganization  relating  to the  Company,  whether  or not  post-filing
interest is allowed in such proceeding,  at the rate specified in the instrument
governing the relevant obligation.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in
the foregoing,  Senior Debt shall not include:  (a)  Indebtedness  of or amounts
owed by the Company for  compensation  to employees,  or for goods,  services or
materials purchased in the ordinary course of business;  (b) Indebtedness of the
Company to a Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) any liability for Federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company.

                  "Shelf  Registration  Statement"  shall have the  meaning  set
forth in the Registration Agreement.

                  "Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation,  association  or  other
business  entity of which more than 50% of the total  voting  power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled  (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors,  managers or trustees  thereof is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

                  "Termination of Trading" means an event where the Common Stock
(or other securities into which the Securities are then  convertible) is neither
listed for trading on a United


                                       5
<PAGE>

States national  securities  exchange nor approved for trading on an established
automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.

                  "TIA"  means the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 (15 U.S.  Code
ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of execution of this Indenture.

                  "Trading  Day" shall mean (A) if the  applicable  security  is
listed or  admitted  for  trading  on the New York  Stock  Exchange  or  another
national securities exchange, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or such
other national securities  exchange is open for business,  (B) if the applicable
security is quoted on the NNM, a day on which  trades may be made thereon or (C)
if the applicable security is not so listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any
day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which  banking  institutions  in
the State of New York are  authorized or obligated by law or executive  order to
close.

                  "Trustee"  means  the  party  named  as  such  above  until  a
successor  replaces it in  accordance  with the  applicable  provisions  of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

                  "Trust Officer" means any officer or assistant  officer of the
Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer this Indenture.

                  SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.

                                                                      Defined in
Term                                                                    Section
- ----                                                                  ----------

"Agent Members"..................................................        2.01
"Bankruptcy Law".................................................        8.01
"Cedel Bank".....................................................        2.01
"Commencement Date"..............................................        3.08
"Conversion Agent"...............................................        2.03 
"Conversion Date"................................................        5.02 
"Conversion Price"...............................................        5.01 
"Conversion Shares"..............................................        5.06 
"Current Market..................................................        5.06 
"Custodian"......................................................        8.01 
"Designated Event Offer".........................................        4.07 
"Designated Event Payment".......................................        4.07 
"Designated Event Payment Date"..................................        3.08 
"Distribution Date"..............................................        5.06 
"Distribution Record Date".......................................        5.06 
"Excess Payment".................................................        5.06 
"Euroclear"......................................................        2.01 
"Event of Default"...............................................        8.01 


                                       6
<PAGE>

"Global Security"................................................        2.01 
"Legal Holiday"..................................................       12.07 
"Non-Global Purchasers"..........................................        2.01 
"Offer Amount"...................................................        3.08 
"Officer"........................................................       12.10 
"Paying Agent"...................................................        2.03 
"Payment Blockage Notice"........................................        6.02 
"Payment Blockage Period"........................................        6.02 
"Payment Default"................................................        8.01 
"Purchase Agreement".............................................        2.01 
"Purchase Date"..................................................        5.06 
"QIBs"...........................................................        2.01 
"Registrar"......................................................        2.03 
"Regulation S"...................................................        2.01 
"Restricted Securities"..........................................        2.01 
"Rights".........................................................        5.06 
"Rule 144A"......................................................        2.01 
"Tender Period"..................................................        3.08 


                  SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation  by Reference of Trust  Indenture
Act.  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

                  The  following  TIA  terms  used in this  Indenture  have  the
following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities;

                  "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture  trustee"  or  "institutional  trustee"  means  the
Trustee; and

                  "obligor"  on the  Securities  means the  Company or any other
obligor on the Securities.

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA,  defined by TIA  reference to another  statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

                  SECTION  1.04.  Rules  of  Construction.  Unless  the  context
otherwise requires:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                  (a)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (b) an accounting  term not otherwise  defined has the meaning
         assigned to it in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

                  (c)  "or" is not exclusive;

                  (d) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the
         plural include the singular; and

                  (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 The Securities

                  SECTION  2.01.  Form  and  Dating.   The  Securities  and  the
Trustee's  certificate of  authentication  shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit  A which is hereby  incorporated  in and  expressly  made a part of this
Indenture.

                  The Securities  may have  notations,  legends or  endorsements
required  by law,  stock  exchange  rule,  agreements  to which the  Company  is
subject,  if  any,  or  usage  (provided  that  any  such  notation,  legend  or
endorsement is in a form  acceptable to the Company).  The Company shall furnish
any such  legend not  contained  in Exhibit A to the  Trustee in  writing.  Each
Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions
of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture
and to the extent  applicable,  the Company and the Trustee,  by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and
to be bound thereby.

                  (a) Global  Securities.  The  Securities are being offered and
sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement relating to the Securities,
dated  September  3, 1997,  among the Company and the  Initial  Purchasers  (the
"Purchase Agreement").

                  Securities  offered and sold (i) in reliance on  Regulation  S
under the Securities Act  ("Regulation S") shall be issued in the form of one or
more permanent  global  Securities in definitive,  fully registered form without
interest coupons with the Global Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto
or (ii) to  Qualified  Institutional  Buyers  ("QIBs")  in reliance on Rule 144A
under the  Securities  Act  ("Rule  144A"),  each as  provided  in the  Purchase
Agreement,  shall  be  issued  in  the  form  of one or  more  permanent  global
Securities in definitive,  fully  registered form without  interest coupons with
the Global  Securities  Legend  and  Restricted  Securities  Legend set forth in
Exhibit A hereto (together, the "Global Securities"). Each Global Security shall
be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Securities  represented  thereby
with the Trustee,  at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary,  and
registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary (and, in
the case of  Regulation  S, for the  accounts of


                                       8
<PAGE>

designated  agents holding on behalf of the Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear")  or
Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme ("Cedel  Bank")),  duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter  provided.  The aggregate  principal
amount of the Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee
as hereinafter provided.

                  (b) Book-Entry  Provisions.  This Section  2.01(b) shall apply
only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

                  The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.01(b) and the written order of the Company, authenticate and
deliver  initially one or more Global Securities that (i) shall be registered in
the name of Cede & Co. or other  nominee  of such  Depositary  and (ii) shall be
delivered  by the Trustee to such  Depositary  or pursuant to such  Depositary's
instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary  pursuant to
a FAST Balance Certificate Agreement between the Depositary and the Trustee.

                  Members  of,  or  participants  in,  the  Depositary   ("Agent
Members")  shall have no rights under this  Indenture with respect to any Global
Security  held on  their  behalf  by the  Depositary  or by the  Trustee  as the
custodian of the  Depositary or under such Global  Security,  and the Depositary
may be treated by the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee  as the  absolute  owner  of  such  Global  Security  for  all  purposes
whatsoever.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  nothing  herein shall prevent the
Company,  the  Trustee or any agent of the  Company or the  Trustee  from giving
effect to any written certification,  proxy or other authorization  furnished by
the Depositary or impair,  as between the Depositary and its Agent Members,  the
operation of customary  practices of such  Depositary  governing the exercise of
the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

                  (c)  Certificated  Securities.  Except as  provided in Section
2.10,  owners of beneficial  interests in Global Securities will not be entitled
to  receive  physical  delivery  of  certificated   Securities.   Purchasers  of
Securities who are not QIBs and did not purchase  Securities sold in reliance on
Regulation S under the  Securities  Act  (referred to herein as the  "Non-Global
Purchasers")  will  receive  certificated   Securities  bearing  the  Restricted
Securities  Legend  set  forth in  Exhibit A hereto  ("Restricted  Securities").
Restricted  Securities will bear the Restricted  Securities  Legend set forth on
Exhibit A unless removed in accordance  with Section  2.06(b) hereof and may not
be exchanged for a Global Security, or interest therein, at any time.

                  After a transfer  of any  Securities  during the period of the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration  Statement with respect to the Securities,
all requirements pertaining to legends on such Security will cease to apply, the
requirements  requiring any such Security issued to certain holders to be issued
in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated  Security without legends
will be available to the holder of such Securities.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 2.02.  Execution,  Authentication  and  Delivery.  Two
Officers  shall  sign the  Securities  for the  Company  by manual or  facsimile
signature. The Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Securities.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
that  office at the time the  Security  is  authenticated,  the  Security  shall
nevertheless be valid.

                  A  Security  shall  not be valid  until  authenticated  by the
manual signature of an authorized officer of the Trustee. The signature shall be
conclusive  evidence  that  the  Security  has  been  authenticated  under  this
Indenture.

                  Upon a written  order of the Company  signed by two  Officers,
the Trustee  shall  authenticate  the  Securities  for  original  issue up to an
aggregate  principal  amount of  $300,000,000  and  deliver  such  authenticated
securities  as  directed  in such  order.  The  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Securities  outstanding  at any time  shall not  exceed  such  amount  except as
provided in Section 2.07.

                  The  Trustee may  appoint  one or more  authenticating  agents
acceptable to the Company to authenticate  Securities.  An authenticating  agent
may  authenticate  Securities  whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes  authentication by such
agent. An authenticating  agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the
Company or an Affiliate.

                  SECTION 2.03.  Registrar,  Paying Agent and Conversion  Agent.
The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan,  City of New York, State
of New York (i) an  office or  agency  where  Securities  may be  presented  for
registration  of transfer or for exchange (the  "Registrar"),  (ii) an office or
agency where  Securities  may be presented for payment (the "Paying  Agent") and
(iii) an office or agency where  Securities may be presented for conversion (the
"Conversion  Agent").  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and
of their transfer and exchange.  The Company has initially appointed the Trustee
as its Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent in New York. The Company may
appoint one or more co-registrars,  one or more additional paying agents and one
or more  additional  conversion  agents  in such  other  locations  as it  shall
determine.  The term  "Registrar"  includes any  co-registrar,  the term "Paying
Agent"  includes any  additional  paying agent and the term  "Conversion  Agent"
includes  any  additional  conversion  agent.  The Company may change any Paying
Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without prior notice to any Noteholder. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any  newly-appointed
Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain
another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such.

                  SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company
shall  require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the  Paying  Agent  will hold in trust for the  benefit  of  Noteholders  or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for


                                       10
<PAGE>

the payment of  principal  or interest  on the  Securities,  and will notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues,  the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held
by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee and to account  for any money  disbursed  by
it.  Upon  payment  over to the  Trustee,  the  Paying  Agent (if other than the
Company or an Affiliate of the Company) shall have no further  liability for the
money.  If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying  Agent,  it
shall  segregate  and  hold in a  separate  trust  fund for the  benefit  of the
Noteholders all money held by it as Paying Agent.

                  SECTION 2.05.  Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to
it of the  names  and  addresses  of  Noteholders.  If the  Trustee  is not  the
Registrar,  the Company  shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each interest
payment  date and at such other  times as the  Trustee  may request in writing a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may  reasonably  require of
the names and addresses of Noteholders.

                  SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and  Exchange.  Where  Securities  are
presented to the Registrar  with a request to register a transfer or to exchange
them for an equal principal  amount of Securities of other  denominations,  such
Registrar  shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its  requirements
for  such  transactions  are met.  To  permit  registrations  of  transfers  and
exchanges, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities
at the Registrar's request. No service charge shall be made for any registration
of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise  expressly  permitted herein),  but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or
similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such
transfer tax or similar  governmental  charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to
Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.08, 5.02 or 11.05 hereof).

                  The Company  shall not be required (i) to issue,  register the
transfer of, or exchange  Securities during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the day of any  selection of Securities  for  redemption
under  Section  3.02  hereof and ending at the close of  business  on the day of
selection,  or (ii) to  exchange  or register  the  transfer of any  Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part,  except the  unredeemed  portion of
any Security being redeemed in part.

                  (a)  Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary herein, so
long as a Global Security remains outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the
Depositary,  transfers  of a Global  Security,  in  whole or in part,  or of any
beneficial  interest  therein,  shall only be made in  accordance  with  Section
2.01(b) and this Section 2.06(a);  provided,  however, that beneficial interests
in a Global Security may be transferred to persons who take delivery  thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in the same Global Security in accordance with
the transfer restrictions set


                                       11
<PAGE>

forth under the heading "Notice to Investors" in the Offering Memorandum and, if
applicable, in the Restricted Securities Legend.

                  (i) Except for transfers or exchanges made in accordance  with
         any of clauses (ii) through (iv) of this Section 2.06(a),  transfers of
         a Global Security shall be limited to transfers of such Global Security
         in  whole,  but not in part,  to  nominees  of the  Depositary  or to a
         successor of the Depositary or such successor's nominee.

                   (ii) Global Security to Restricted Security. If an owner of a
         beneficial  interest in a Global Security deposited with the Depositary
         or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary  wishes at any time
         to transfer  its  interest  in such Global  Security to a person who is
         required to take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Security,
         such owner may,  subject to the rules and  procedures  of  Euroclear or
         Cedel Bank, if applicable,  and the  Depositary,  cause the exchange of
         such interest for one or more  Restricted  Securities of any authorized
         denomination  or  denominations  and of the  same  aggregate  principal
         amount at maturity.  Upon receipt by the Registrar of (1)  instructions
         from  Euroclear  or  Cedel  Bank,  if  applicable,  and the  Depositary
         directing  the  Trustee  to  authenticate   and  deliver  one  or  more
         Restricted  Securities  of  the  same  aggregate  principal  amount  at
         maturity  as the  beneficial  interest  in the  Global  Security  to be
         exchanged,  such  instructions  to  contain  the  name or  names of the
         designated  transferee or transferees,  the authorized  denomination or
         denominations  of  the  Restricted  Securities  to  be  so  issued  and
         appropriate delivery instructions,  (2) a certificate  substantially in
         the form of  Exhibit  B  attached  hereto  given  by the  owner of such
         beneficial  interest  and  stating  that the person  transferring  such
         interest in such Global  Security  reasonably  believes that the person
         acquiring the  Restricted  Securities  for which such interest is being
         exchanged is an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
         501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the  Securities  Act)
         and  is  acquiring  such  Restricted  Securities  having  an  aggregate
         principal  amount of not less than  $250,000 for its own account or for
         one  or  more  accounts  as to  which  the  transferee  exercises  sole
         investment  discretion,  (3) a  certificate  in the form of  Exhibit  C
         attached hereto given by the person acquiring the Restricted Securities
         for which such  interest  is being  exchanged,  to the effect set forth
         therein,  and (4) such other  certifications,  legal  opinions or other
         information as the Company may reasonably  require to confirm that such
         transfer  is  being  made  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from,  or  in a
         transaction  not  subject  to,  the  registration  requirements  of the
         Securities  Act, then  Euroclear or Cedel Bank, if  applicable,  or the
         Registrar,  as the case may be, will instruct the  Depositary to reduce
         or cause to be reduced such Global Security by the aggregate  principal
         amount at maturity of the beneficial  interest  therein to be exchanged
         and to debit or cause to be  debited  from the  account  of the  person
         making such  transfer the  beneficial  interest in the Global  Security
         that is being  transferred,  and  concurrently  with such reduction and
         debit the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
         deliver,  one or  more  Restricted  Securities  of the  same  aggregate
         principal  amount  at  maturity  in  accordance  with the  instructions
         referred to above.


                                       12
<PAGE>

                  (iii) Restricted Security to Restricted Security.  If a holder
         of a Restricted Security wishes at any time to transfer such Restricted
         Security to a person who is required  to take  delivery  thereof in the
         form  of a  Restricted  Security,  such  holder  may,  subject  to  the
         restrictions  on  transfer  set  forth  herein  and in such  Restricted
         Security,  cause the  exchange of such  Restricted  Security for one or
         more   Restricted   Securities  of  any  authorized   denomination   or
         denominations  and of the same aggregate  principal amount at maturity.
         Upon receipt by the  Registrar of (1) such  Restricted  Security,  duly
         endorsed  as  provided  herein,   (2)  instructions  from  such  holder
         directing  the  Trustee  to  authenticate   and  deliver  one  or  more
         Restricted  Securities  of  the  same  aggregate  principal  amount  at
         maturity as the Restricted Security to be exchanged,  such instructions
         to  contain  the  name  or  names  of  the  designated   transferee  or
         transferees,  the  authorized  denomination  or  denominations  of  the
         Restricted   Securities  to  be  so  issued  and  appropriate  delivery
         instructions,  (3) a  certificate  from the  holder  of the  Restricted
         Security to be exchanged in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto,  (4)
         a  certificate  in the form of Exhibit C attached  hereto  given by the
         person  acquiring the Restricted  Securities for which such interest is
         being  exchanged,  to the effect set forth therein,  and (5) such other
         certifications,  legal opinions or other information as the Company may
         reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant
         to  an  exemption  from,  or  in a  transaction  not  subject  to,  the
         registration  requirements  of the Securities  Act, then the Registrar,
         shall  cancel or cause to be  canceled  such  Restricted  Security  and
         concurrently  therewith,  the Company  shall  execute,  and the Trustee
         shall  authenticate and deliver,  one or more Restricted  Securities of
         the same aggregate principal amount at maturity, in accordance with the
         instructions referred to above.

                  (iv) Other  Exchanges.  In the event that a Global Security is
         exchanged  for  Securities in  definitive  registered  form pursuant to
         Section  2.10,  prior  to the  effectiveness  of a  Shelf  Registration
         Statement  with  respect to such  Securities,  such  Securities  may be
         exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are  substantially
         consistent  with  the  provisions  of  clauses  (ii)  and  (iii)  above
         (including the certification  requirements intended to ensure that such
         transfers  comply with Rule 144A or  Regulation S under the  Securities
         Act, as the case may be) and such other  procedures as may from time to
         time be adopted by the Company.

                  (b) Except in connection with a Shelf  Registration  Statement
contemplated by and in accordance with the terms of the Registration  Agreement,
if  Securities  are  issued  upon the  registration  of  transfer,  exchange  or
replacement of Securities bearing the Restricted  Securities Legend set forth in
Exhibit A hereto,  or if a request is made to remove such Restricted  Securities
Legend on  Securities,  the  Securities  so  issued  shall  bear the  Restricted
Securities Legend, or the Restricted  Securities Legend shall not be removed, as
the case may be,  unless there is  delivered  to the Company  such  satisfactory
evidence,  which may include an opinion of counsel  licensed to practice  law in
the  State of New York,  as may be  reasonably  required  by the  Company,  that
neither  the legend nor the  restrictions  on  transfer  set forth  therein  are
required to ensure that


                                       13
<PAGE>

transfers  thereof  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  144A,  Rule  144 or
Regulation S under the Securities Act or, with respect to Restricted Securities,
that such Securities are not  "restricted"  within the meaning of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act. Upon provision to the Company of such satisfactory evidence,
the Trustee,  at the written  direction of the Company,  shall  authenticate and
deliver Securities that do not bear the legend.

                  (c)   Neither  the  Trustee  nor  any  Agent  shall  have  any
responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

                  SECTION  2.07.  Replacement  Securities.  If the  holder  of a
Security claims that the Security has been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully  taken
or if such  Security is  mutilated  and is  surrendered  to the  Registrar,  the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if
the  Trustee's  and the Company's  requirements  (as shall have been  previously
communicated  to the Trustee in a written  letter of standing  instruction)  are
met. If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be  sufficient  in the  judgment  of each of the  foregoing  to protect the
Company,  the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which
any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company may charge for its
expenses in replacing a Security.

                  In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security
has become or is about to become due and payable,  or is about to be redeemed or
purchased by the Company pursuant to Article III hereof or converted into shares
of Common Stock pursuant to Article V hereof, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security,  pay, redeem or convert such Security, as the
case may be.

                  Every replacement Security is an additional  obligation of the
Company.

                  SECTION   2.08.   Outstanding   Securities.   The   Securities
outstanding  at any time are all the  Securities  authenticated  by the  Trustee
except for those  canceled by it, those  delivered to it for  cancellation,  and
those described in this Section as not outstanding.

                  If  a  Security  is  replaced,  paid,  redeemed  or  converted
pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless, in the case
of a replaced  Security,  the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If Securities are  considered  paid under Section 4.01 hereof,
they cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

                  A  Security  does not  cease  to be  outstanding  because  the
Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

                  SECTION 2.09. Treasury Securities.  In determining whether the
Noteholders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company shall be considered as though


                                       14
<PAGE>

they are not  outstanding,  except that for the purposes of determining  whether
the  Trustee  shall be  protected  in relying on any such  direction,  waiver or
consent,  only  Securities  which a Trust Officer knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded.

                  SECTION  2.10.  Temporary   Securities;   Exchange  of  Global
Security for Certificated Securities.  (a) Until definitive Securities are ready
for  delivery,  the  Company may  prepare  and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate
temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of
definitive  Securities  but may  have  variations  that  the  Company  considers
appropriate for temporary  Securities.  Without  unreasonable delay, the Company
shall  prepare and the  Trustee  shall  authenticate  definitive  Securities  in
exchange for temporary Securities.

                  (b) A Global  Security  deposited  with the Depositary or with
the Trustee as custodian  for the  Depositary  pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be
transferred  to the  beneficial  owners  thereof  in the  form  of  certificated
securities  only  if  such  transfer  complies  with  Section  2.06  and (i) the
Depositary  notifies  the Company  that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary  ceases to
be a  "clearing  agency"  registered  under  the  Exchange  Act and a  successor
Depositary  is not  appointed by the Company  within 90 days of such notice,  or
(ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                  (c) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial
owners thereof in the form of certificated  Securities  pursuant to this Section
2.10  shall be  surrendered  by the  Depositary  to the  Trustee  located in the
Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, to be so  transferred,  in whole or
from time to time in part,  without charge,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate
and  deliver,  upon such  transfer of each portion of such Global  Security,  an
equal  aggregate  principal  amount at  maturity  of  Securities  of  authorized
denominations  in the form of certificated  Securities.  Any portion of a Global
Security transferred  pursuant to this Section shall be executed,  authenticated
and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral  multiple thereof
and registered in such names as the Depositary  shall direct.  Any Securities in
the form of certificated Securities delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Global Security shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(b), bear the
Restricted Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                  (d) Prior to any  transfer  pursuant to Section  2.10(b),  the
registered holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any person,  including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through
Agent Members,  to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this
Indenture or the Securities.

                  (e) In the event of the  occurrence  of  either of the  events
specified in Section  2.10(b),  the Company will promptly make  available to the
Trustee a  reasonable  supply of  certificated  Securities  in  definitive  form
without interest coupons.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                  SECTION  2.11.  Cancellation.  The  Company  at any  time  may
deliver  Securities to the Registrar for  cancellation.  The  Registrar,  Paying
Agent  and  Conversion  Agent  shall  forward  to  the  Trustee  any  Securities
surrendered  to them  for  registration  of  transfer,  redemption,  conversion,
exchange  or  payment.   The  Trustee  shall  promptly   cancel  all  Securities
surrendered for  registration  of transfer,  redemption,  conversion,  exchange,
payment,  replacement or cancellation and shall destroy all canceled  Securities
unless the Company otherwise  directs.  The Company may not issue new Securities
to  replace  Securities  that it has paid or that  have  been  delivered  to the
Registrar for cancellation or that any holder has converted.

                  SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Company fails to make
a payment of interest on the  Securities,  it shall pay such defaulted  interest
plus any interest payable on the defaulted  interest,  in any lawful manner.  It
may pay such defaulted  interest,  plus any such interest  payable on it, to the
persons who are  Noteholders  on a subsequent  special  record date. The Company
shall fix any such  record date and  payment  date.  At least 15 days before any
such record date, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice that states the
record date, payment date, and amount of such interest to be paid.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Redemption

                  SECTION  3.01.  Notices to Trustee.  If the Company  elects to
redeem  Securities  pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall notify the Trustee
of the  redemption  date and the principal  amount of Securities to be redeemed.
The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.01 at least 45
days  before  the  redemption  date  (unless a shorter  notice  period  shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee).

                  SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.  If less
than all the  Securities  are to be  redeemed,  the  Trustee  shall  select  the
Securities to be redeemed by a method that complies with the requirements of the
principal  national  securities  exchange,  if any, on which the  Securities are
listed,  or, if the Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or
by such other method as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate.  The Trustee
shall make the  selection not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before
the  redemption  date from  Securities  outstanding  not  previously  called for
redemption.  The Trustee may select for redemption  portions of the principal of
Securities that have denominations  larger than $1,000.  Securities and portions
of them it  selects  shall be in  amounts  of $1,000 or  integral  multiples  of
$1,000.  Provisions  of this  Indenture  that  apply to  Securities  called  for
redemption  also apply to  portions of  Securities  called for  redemption.  The
Trustee  shall  notify the  Company  promptly of the  Securities  or portions of
Securities to be called for redemption.

                  If any Security  selected for partial  redemption is converted
in part after such  selection,  the converted  portion of such Security shall be
deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion to be selected for  redemption.  The
Securities  (or portions  thereof) so selected shall be


                                       16
<PAGE>

deemed duly selected for  redemption  for all purposes  hereof,  notwithstanding
that any such  Security is  converted  in whole or in part before the mailing of
the notice of redemption.  Upon any redemption of less than all the  Securities,
the Company and the Trustee may treat as outstanding any Securities  surrendered
for conversion  during the period 15 days next preceding the mailing of a notice
of redemption and need not treat as outstanding any Security  authenticated  and
delivered  during  such period in exchange  for the  unconverted  portion of any
Security converted in part during such period.

                  SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.  At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption  date,  the Company shall mail a notice of
redemption to each holder whose  Securities  are to be redeemed at such holder's
registered address.

                  The notice shall  identify the  Securities  to be redeemed and
shall state:

                  (a)  the redemption date;

                  (b)  the redemption price;

                  (c) if any Security is being  redeemed in part, the portion of
         the principal  amount of such  Security to be redeemed and that,  after
         the redemption date, upon cancellation of such Security, a new Security
         or Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed  portion will
         be issued in the name of the holder thereof;

                  (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (e) that Securities  called for redemption must be surrendered
         to the  Paying  Agent to collect  the  redemption  price  plus  accrued
         interest;

                  (f)  that,   unless  the  Company   defaults  in  making  such
         redemption  payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited  from making such
         payment  pursuant to the terms of this Indenture,  by law or otherwise,
         interest on Securities  called for  redemption  ceases to accrue on and
         after the redemption date; and

                  (g) the  paragraph  of the  Securities  pursuant  to which the
         Securities called for redemption are being redeemed.

                  Such notice shall also state the current  Conversion Price and
the date on which the right to convert such Securities or portions  thereof into
Common Stock of the Company will expire.

                  At the  Company's  request,  the Trustee  shall give notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.  Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on
the redemption date at the price set forth in the Security.

                  SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption  Price.  On or before the
redemption  date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent
money  sufficient to pay the redemption  price of and accrued interest up to but
not including the redemption  date on all Securities to be redeemed on that date
(subject  to the  right of  holders  of record on the  relevant  record  date to
receive interest due on an interest payment date) unless  theretofore  converted
into Common Stock pursuant to the provisions  hereof. The Trustee or such Paying
Agent shall return to the Company any money not required for that purpose.

                  SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a
Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate  for the holder at the expense of the Company a new Security  equal
in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                  SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.  The Company may redeem all
or any portion of the  Securities,  upon the terms and at the redemption  prices
set forth in each of the  Securities.  Any  redemption  pursuant to this Section
3.07 shall be made  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  3.01  through  3.06
hereof.

                  SECTION 3.08.  Designated  Event Offer. (a) In the event that,
pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof,  the Company shall commence a Designated  Event
Offer, the Company shall follow the procedures in this Section 3.08.

                  (b) The Designated  Event Offer shall remain open for a period
specified  by the Company  which  shall be no less than 30 calendar  days and no
more than 40 calendar days following its commencement on the date of the mailing
of notice in accordance with Section 4.07(b) hereof (the  "Commencement  Date"),
except to the extent that a longer  period is required  by  applicable  law (the
"Tender  Period").  Upon the  expiration of the Tender  Period (the  "Designated
Event  Payment  Date"),  the Company  shall  purchase  the  principal  amount of
Securities  required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof (the "Offer
Amount").

                  (c) If the  Designated  Event  Payment  Date is on or after an
interest payment record date and on or before the related interest payment date,
any accrued  interest to the related  interest  payment date will be paid to the
person in whose name a Security is  registered  at the close of business on such
record date,  and no  additional  interest  will be payable to  Noteholders  who
tender Securities pursuant to the Designated Event Offer.

                  (d) The Company shall provide the Trustee with written  notice
of the Designated  Event Offer at least 10 Business Days before the Commencement
Date.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                  (e) Subject to Section 4.07(b),  on or before the Commencement
Date,  the Company or the  Trustee  (at the request and expense of the  Company)
shall  send,  by first class mail,  a notice to each of the  Noteholders,  which
shall govern the terms of the Designated Event Offer and shall state:

                  (i) that the Designated  Event Offer is being made pursuant to
         this  Section  3.08 and  Section  4.07  hereof and that all  Securities
         tendered will be accepted for payment;

                  (ii) the Offer Amount,  the purchase  price (as  determined in
         accordance with Section 4.07 hereof), the length of time the Designated
         Event Offer will remain open and the Designated Event Payment Date;

                  (iii) that any  Security or portion  thereof  not  tendered or
         accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

                  (iv) that,  unless the Company  defaults in the payment of the
         Designated Event Payment,  any Security or portion thereof accepted for
         payment  pursuant to the  Designated  Event Offer shall cease to accrue
         interest after the Designated Event Payment Date;

                  (v) that  Noteholders  electing  to have a Security or portion
         thereof  purchased  pursuant  to any  Designated  Event  Offer  will be
         required to surrender the Security,  with the form entitled  "Option of
         Noteholder To Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Security completed,
         to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the
         close of business on the third  Business Day preceding  the  Designated
         Event Payment Date;

                  (vi) that  Noteholders  will be  entitled  to  withdraw  their
         election  if the  Paying  Agent  receives,  not later than the close of
         business on the second  Business Day  preceding  the  Designated  Event
         Payment Date, or such longer period as may be required by law, a letter
         or a  telegram,  telex,  facsimile  transmission  (receipt  of which is
         confirmed and promptly  followed by a letter) setting forth the name of
         the Noteholder, the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof
         the  Noteholder  delivered  for  purchase  and a  statement  that  such
         Noteholder is withdrawing  his election to have the Security or portion
         thereof purchased; and

                  (vii) that  Noteholders  whose  Securities are being purchased
         only in part will be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to
         the   unpurchased   portion  of  the  Securities   surrendered,   which
         unpurchased  portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal  amount or an
         integral multiple thereof.

                  In addition,  the notice shall  contain all  instructions  and
materials  that the  Company  shall  reasonably  deem  necessary  to enable such
Noteholders to tender Securities pursuant to the Designated Event Offer.


                                       19
<PAGE>

                  (f) At least one  Business Day prior to the  Designated  Event
Payment  Date,  the Company  shall  irrevocably  deposit with the Trustee or the
Paying Agent in immediately  available funds an amount equal to the Offer Amount
to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.08. On the
Designated  Event Payment Date,  the Company shall,  to the extent  lawful,  (i)
accept for payment the Securities or portions thereof  tendered  pursuant to the
Designated  Event  Offer,  (ii)  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
Securities so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating such  Securities  or portions  thereof have been accepted for payment by
the Company in accordance  with the terms of this Section 3.08. The Paying Agent
shall  promptly  (but in any case not later  than five  calendar  days after the
Designated  Event Payment Date) mail or deliver to each tendering  Noteholder an
amount  equal  to  the  purchase  price  of  the  Securities  tendered  by  such
Noteholder,  and the Trustee shall promptly  authenticate and mail or deliver to
such  Noteholders a new Security  equal in principal  amount to any  unpurchased
portion of the Security  surrendered,  if any; provided,  that each new Security
shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof.  Any
Securities not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by or on behalf
of the Company to the holder  thereof.  The Company will  publicly  announce the
results of the Designated  Event Offer on, or as soon as practicable  after, the
Designated Event Payment Date.

                  (g) The Designated Event Offer shall be made by the Company in
compliance  with  all  applicable  provisions  of  the  Exchange  Act,  and  all
applicable  tender offer rules  promulgated  thereunder,  and shall  include all
instructions  and materials that the Company shall  reasonably deem necessary to
enable such Noteholders to tender their Securities.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Covenants

                  SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company shall pay the
principal  of and  interest  on the  Securities  on the dates and in the  manner
provided in the  Securities.  Principal and interest shall be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying  Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company)  holds on that date  money  designated  for and  sufficient  to pay all
principal  and interest  then due and such Paying Agent is not  prohibited  from
paying such money to the  Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture.  To the extent  lawful,  the Company  shall pay  interest  (including
post-petition  interest in any proceeding  under any Bankruptcy  Law) on overdue
installments of interest  (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the
rate borne by the Securities, compounded semiannually.

                  SECTION  4.02.  SEC  Reports.  Whether or not  required by the
rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Securities are outstanding, the
Company  will file with the SEC and furnish to the Trustee and to the holders of
Securities  all  quarterly  and  annual  financial  information  required  to be
contained  in a  filing  with  the SEC on  Forms  10-Q  and  10-K,  including  a
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Conditions  and Results of
Operations"


                                       20
<PAGE>

and, with respect to annual  information only, a report thereon by the Company's
certified independent accountants.

                  SECTION  4.03.  Compliance  Certificate.   The  Company  shall
deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the
Company  and its  subsidiaries  during the  preceding  fiscal year has been made
under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether
the Company has kept,  observed,  performed and fulfilled its obligations under,
and complied with the covenants and conditions contained in, this Indenture, and
further stating,  as to each such Officer signing such certificate,  that to the
best of such Officer's knowledge the Company has kept,  observed,  performed and
fulfilled  each  and  every  covenant,  and  complied  with  the  covenants  and
conditions  contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance
or observance of any of the terms,  provisions and  conditions  hereof (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or
Events of Default of which such Officer may have knowledge) and that to the best
of such  Officer's  knowledge  no event has occurred and remains in existence by
reason of which payments on account of the principal or of interest,  if any, on
the Securities are prohibited.

                  One of the Officers signing such Officers'  Certificate  shall
be either the Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer
or principal accounting officer.

                  The  Company  will,  so  long  as any of  the  Securities  are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of:

                  (a)  any   Default,   Event  of  Default  or  default  in  the
         performance of any covenant,  agreement or condition  contained in this
         Indenture; or

                  (b) any event of default under any other  mortgage,  indenture
         or instrument as that term is used in Section 8.01(e),

an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default or default.

                  Immediately upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to an
increase in the interest rate on the Securities in accordance  with paragraph 11
of the form thereof or the  termination of any such increase,  the Company shall
give the Trustee  notice of such increase or  termination,  of the interest rate
borne by the Securities  after giving effect to such increase or termination and
of the event  giving rise to such  increase or  termination  (such  notice to be
contained in an Officers'  Certificate),  and prior to receipt of such Officers'
Certificate  the Trustee  shall be  entitled to assume that no such  increase or
termination has occurred, as the case may be.

                  SECTION  4.04.  Stay,  Extension  and Usury Law.  The  Company
covenants  (to the extent  that it may  lawfully  do so) that it will not at any
time insist upon, plead, or in any


                                       21
<PAGE>

manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted,  now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this  Indenture;  and the Company (to
the  extent it may  lawfully  do so)  hereby  expressly  waives  all  benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such
law,  hinder,  delay or impede the execution of any power herein  granted to the
Trustee,  but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law has been enacted.

                  SECTION  4.05.  Corporate  Existence.  Except as  provided  in
Article VII hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary
to preserve and keep in full force and effect its  corporate  existence  and the
corporate,  partnership or other  existence of each Subsidiary of the Company in
accordance with the respective  organizational  documents of each Subsidiary and
the rights (charter and  statutory),  licenses and franchises of the Company and
its Subsidiaries;  provided,  however, that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate,  partnership or
other  existence of any  Subsidiary,  if the Board of Directors  shall determine
that the  preservation  thereof  is no longer  desirable  in the  conduct of the
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries  taken as a whole and that the loss
thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Noteholders.

                  SECTION 4.06.  Taxes.  The Company shall, and shall cause each
of its  Subsidiaries  to, pay prior to delinquency  all taxes,  assessments  and
governmental  levies,  except as  contested  in good  faith  and by  appropriate
proceedings.

                  SECTION 4.07.  Designated  Event. (a) Upon the occurrence of a
Designated  Event, each holder of Securities shall have the right, in accordance
with this  Section  4.07 and  Section  3.08  hereof,  to require  the Company to
repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral  multiple thereof) of
such holder's  Securities pursuant to the terms of Section 3.08 (the "Designated
Event Offer") at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon to the Designated  Event Payment Date
(the "Designated Event Payment").

                  (b) Within 30 days following any Designated Event, the Company
shall mail to each holder the notice provided by Section 3.08(e).

                                    ARTICLE V

                                   Conversion

                  SECTION 5.01. Conversion Privilege. A holder of a Security may
convert the principal amount thereof (or any portion thereof that is an integral
multiple of $1,000) into fully paid and nonassessable  shares of Common Stock of
the Company at any time after 90 days  following  the Issuance Date and prior to
the close of business on the Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the maturity
date of the Security at the Conversion Price then in effect, except that,


                                       22
<PAGE>

with respect to any Security called for redemption,  such conversion right shall
terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the
redemption  date  (unless the  Company  shall  default in making the  redemption
payment when it becomes due, in which case the conversion  right shall terminate
on the date such  default  is  cured).  The  number  of  shares of Common  Stock
issuable  upon  conversion of a Security is determined by dividing the principal
amount  of the  Security  converted  by the  conversion  price in  effect on the
Conversion Date (the "Conversion Price").

                  The initial  Conversion Price is stated in paragraph 10 of the
Securities and is subject to adjustment as provided in this Article V.

                  Provisions of this  Indenture  that apply to conversion of all
of a  Security  also  apply to  conversion  of a  portion  of it.  A  holder  of
Securities  is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such
holder of Securities has converted such Securities  into Common Stock,  and only
to the extent that such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common
Stock under this Article 5.

                  SECTION 5.02. Conversion  Procedure.  To convert a Security, a
holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 10 of the Securities. The date
on which the holder  satisfies all of those  requirements is the conversion date
(the "Conversion  Date").  As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the
Company shall deliver to the holder through the  Conversion  Agent a certificate
for the number of whole shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the conversion and
a check for any fractional share determined pursuant to Section 5.03. The person
in whose name the  certificate  is registered  shall become the  stockholder  of
record on the Conversion  Date and, as of such date,  such person's  rights as a
Noteholder  with  respect  to the  converted  Security  shall  cease;  provided,
however,  that no  surrender  of a Security on any date when the stock  transfer
books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person
entitled  to receive  the shares of Common  Stock  upon such  conversion  as the
stockholder  of record of such  shares of Common  Stock on such  date,  but such
surrender  shall be effective to constitute the person  entitled to receive such
shares of Common Stock as the  stockholder of record thereof for all purposes at
the close of business on the next  succeeding  day on which such stock  transfer
books are open; provided further,  however, that such conversion shall be at the
Conversion  Price in  effect  on the date that  such  Security  shall  have been
surrendered  for  conversion,  as if the stock transfer books of the Company had
not been closed.

                  No payment or  adjustment  will be made for accrued and unpaid
interest on a converted  Security or for dividends or distributions on shares of
Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security,  but if any holder surrenders
a Security for conversion after the close of business on the record date for the
payment of an  installment  of interest  and prior to the opening of business on
the next interest  payment date,  then,  notwithstanding  such  conversion,  the
interest  payable on such  interest  payment date shall be paid to the holder of
such Security on such record date. In such event,  unless such Security has been
called for redemption on or prior to such interest  payment date, such Security,
when surrendered for conversion, must be accompanied by


                                       23
<PAGE>

  payment  in funds
acceptable  to the Company of an amount  equal to the  interest  payable on such
interest payment date on the portion so converted.

                  If a holder  converts more than one Security at the same time,
the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be
based on the total principal amount of Securities converted.

                  Upon  surrender of a Security  that is converted in part,  the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  for the holder a new  Security  equal in principal
amount to the unconverted portion of the Security surrendered.

                  SECTION 5.03.  Fractional  Shares.  The Company will not issue
fractional  shares  of Common  Stock  upon  conversion  of a  Security.  In lieu
thereof,  the  Company  will pay an amount in cash based  upon the Daily  Market
Price of the Common Stock on the trading day prior to the date of conversion.

                  SECTION   5.04.   Taxes  on   Conversion.   The   issuance  of
certificates  for shares of Common  Stock upon the  conversion  of any  Security
shall be made without charge to the converting  Noteholder for such certificates
or for  any tax in  respect  of the  issuance  of such  certificates,  and  such
certificates shall be issued in the respective names of, or in such names as may
be  directed  by, the holder or holders  of the  converted  Security;  provided,
however,  that in the event that  certificates for shares of Common Stock are to
be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of the Security converted,
such  Security,  when  surrendered  for  conversion,  shall be accompanied by an
instrument of assignment or transfer,  in form satisfactory to the Company, duly
executed by the registered holder thereof or his duly authorized  attorney;  and
provided further, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax
which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the  issuance  and
delivery of any such certificates in a name other than that of the holder of the
converted  Security,  and the Company  shall not be required to issue or deliver
such certificates  unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance
thereof  shall  have paid to the  Company  the  amount of such tax or shall have
established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is
not applicable.

                  SECTION 5.05.  Company to Provide Stock.  The Company shall at
all times reserve and keep available,  free from preemptive  rights,  out of its
authorized  but unissued  Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issuance upon
conversion of Securities as herein  provided,  a sufficient  number of shares of
Common Stock to permit the conversion of all  outstanding  Securities for shares
of Common Stock.

                  All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion
of the  Securities  shall be duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable when so issued.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 5.06.  Adjustment of Conversion  Price. The Conversion
Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                  (a) In case the Company  shall (1) pay a dividend in shares of
Common Stock to holders of Common Stock,  (2) make a  distribution  in shares of
Common Stock to holders of Common Stock, (3) subdivide its outstanding shares of
Common Stock into a greater  number of shares of Common Stock or (4) combine its
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock  into a smaller  number of shares of Common
Stock, the Conversion Price in effect  immediately prior to such action shall be
adjusted  so  that  the  holder  of  any  Security  thereafter  surrendered  for
conversion  shall be entitled  to receive  the number of shares of Common  Stock
which he would have owned immediately  following such action had such Securities
been converted  immediately prior thereto.  Any adjustment made pursuant to this
subsection (a) shall become effective  immediately  after the record date in the
case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective  immediately after
the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination.

                  (b) In case the  Company  shall  issue  rights or  warrants to
substantially  all  holders  of  Common  Stock  entitling  them  (for  a  period
commencing no earlier than the record date for the  determination  of holders of
Common  Stock  entitled to receive such rights or warrants and expiring not more
than 45 days after such record  date) to  subscribe  for or  purchase  shares of
Common Stock (or securities  convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share
less than the Current  Market Price (as  determined  pursuant to subsection  (f)
below) of the Common Stock on such record date,  the  Conversion  Price shall be
adjusted so that the same shall equal the price  determined by  multiplying  the
Conversion Price in effect  immediately  prior to such record date by a fraction
of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
on such  record  date,  plus the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  which the
aggregate offering price of the offered shares of Common Stock (or the aggregate
conversion  price of the  convertible  securities so offered)  would purchase at
such Current Market Price,  and of which the denominator  shall be the number of
shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding  on such  record  date plus the  number of
additional  shares of  Common  Stock  offered  (or into  which  the  convertible
securities so offered are convertible).  Such adjustments shall become effective
immediately after such record date.

                  (c) In case the  Company  shall  distribute  to all holders of
Common  Stock  shares of any class of Capital  Stock of the  Company  other than
Common  Stock,  evidences  of  indebtedness  or other  assets  (other  than cash
dividends  out  of  current  or  retained  earnings),  or  shall  distribute  to
substantially  all holders of Common Stock  rights or warrants to subscribe  for
securities  (other than those  Securities  referred to in subsection (b) above),
then in each such case the  Conversion  Price shall be adjusted so that the same
shall equal the price  determined by multiplying the Conversion  Price in effect
immediately  prior to the date of such  distribution  by a fraction of which the
numerator  shall  be  the  Current  Market  Price  (determined  as  provided  in
subsection  (f) below) of the Common  Stock on the record date  mentioned  below
less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors,  whose
determination  shall be  conclusive  evidence  of such  fair  market  value  and
described in a Board Resolution) of the portion of the


                                       25
<PAGE>

assets so distributed or of such subscription  rights or warrants  applicable to
one share of Common Stock,  and of which the  denominator  shall be such Current
Market  Price of the  Common  Stock.  Such  adjustment  shall  become  effective
immediately after the record date for the determination of the holders of Common
Stock entitled to receive such distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in
case the Company  shall issue  rights or warrants to  subscribe  for  additional
shares  of  the  Company's  capital  stock  (other  than  those  referred  to in
subsection (b) above)  ("Rights") to substantially  all holders of Common Stock,
the Company may, in lieu of making any adjustment pursuant to this Section 5.06,
make  proper  provision  so that each  holder of a Security  who  converts  such
Security (or any portion  thereof)  after the record date for such  distribution
and prior to the  expiration  or  redemption  of the Rights shall be entitled to
receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  such  conversion  (the  "Conversion  Shares"),  a number  of  Rights to be
determined as follows: (i) if such conversion occurs on or prior to the date for
the  distribution to the holders of Rights of separate  certificates  evidencing
such  Rights  (the  "Distribution  Date"),  the same number of Rights to which a
holder of a number of shares of Common  Stock equal to the number of  Conversion
Shares is entitled at the time of such  conversion in accordance  with the terms
and  provisions  of and  applicable to the Rights;  and (ii) if such  conversion
occurs after the Distribution  Date, the same number of Rights to which a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the  principal  amount of the
Security so converted was convertible immediately prior to the Distribution Date
would have been entitled on the  Distribution  Date in accordance with the terms
and provisions of and applicable to the Rights.

                  (d) In case the Company  shall,  by dividend or otherwise,  at
any time  distribute  to all  holders of its Common  Stock cash  (including  any
distributions  of cash out of current or  retained  earnings  of the Company but
excluding any cash that is  distributed  as part of a  distribution  requiring a
Conversion  Price  adjustment  pursuant to paragraph  (c) of this Section) in an
aggregate amount that,  together with the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of any
other distributions to all holders of its Common Stock made in cash plus (y) all
Excess Payments, in each case made within the 12 months preceding the date fixed
for   determining  the   stockholders   entitled  to  such   distribution   (the
"Distribution  Record  Date")  and in  respect  of  which  no  Conversion  Price
adjustment  pursuant to paragraphs  (c) or (e) of this Section or this paragraph
(d) has been made,  exceeds 15% of the product of the Current  Market  Price per
share  (determined  as provided in paragraph  (f) of this Section) of the Common
Stock on the  Distribution  Record  Date  multiplied  by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on the Distribution  Record Date (excluding shares held
in the treasury of the Company),  the Conversion  Price shall be reduced so that
the same shall equal the price  determined by multiplying  such Conversion Price
in  effect  immediately  prior  to the  effectiveness  of the  Conversion  Price
reduction  contemplated  by  this  paragraph  (d) by a  fraction  of  which  the
numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share (determined as provided in
paragraph  (f) of this Section) of the Common Stock on the  Distribution  Record
Date less the amount of such cash and other consideration


                                       26
<PAGE>

(including any Excess Payments) so distributed applicable to one share of Common
Stock  (equal to the  aggregate  amount  of such  cash and  other  consideration
(including any Excess Payments)  divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on the Distribution  Record Date) and the denominator  shall be such
Current Market Price per share  (determined as provided in paragraph (f) of this
Section) of the Common Stock on the Distribution  Record Date, such reduction to
become  effective  immediately  prior  to the  opening  of  business  on the day
following the Distribution Record Date.

                  (e) In case a tender  offer or  other  negotiated  transaction
made by the Company or any  Subsidiary  of the Company for all or any portion of
the Common Stock shall be  consummated,  if an Excess Payment is made in respect
of such  tender  offer or other  negotiated  transaction  and the amount of such
Excess Payment,  together with the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all Excess
Payments plus (y) the aggregate  amount of all  distributions  to all holders of
the  Common  Stock  made in cash  (including  any  distributions  of cash out of
current or retained  earnings of the  Company),  in each case made within the 12
months  preceding  the date of payment of such  current  negotiated  transaction
consideration  or  expiration of such current  tender offer,  as the case may be
(the "Purchase Date"),  and as to which no adjustment  pursuant to paragraph (c)
or paragraph (d) of this Section or this  paragraph  (e) has been made,  exceeds
15% of the product of the Current Market Price per share (determined as provided
in  paragraph  (f) of this  Section) of the Common  Stock on the  Purchase  Date
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  (including  any
tendered  shares but excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company) on the Purchase Date, the Conversion  Price shall
be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying such
Conversion  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to the  effectiveness  of the
Conversion  Price reduction  contemplated by this paragraph (e) by a fraction of
which the numerator  shall be the Current Market Price per share  (determined as
provided in paragraph  (f) of this  Section) of the Common Stock on the Purchase
Date less the amount of such Excess  Payments  and such cash  distributions,  if
any,  applicable to one share of Common Stock (equal to the aggregate  amount of
such Excess Payments and such cash distributions divided by the number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding on the Purchase Date) and the denominator  shall be
such Current Market Price per share  (determined as provided in paragraph (f) of
this Section) of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date, such reduction to become
effective  immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the
Purchase Date.

                  (f) The  "Current  Market  Price" per share of Common Stock on
any date shall be deemed to be the  average of the Daily  Market  Prices for the
shorter of (i) 30 consecutive  Business Days ending on the last full Trading Day
on the exchange or market  referred to in  determining  such Daily Market Prices
prior to the time of  determination  or (ii) the period  commencing  on the date
next succeeding the first public  announcement of the issuance of such rights or
such warrants or such other distribution or such negotiated  transaction through
such last full trading day on the exchange or market  referred to in determining
such Daily Market Prices prior to the time of determination.

                  (g) "Excess  Payment" means the excess of (A) the aggregate of
the cash and fair market value of other consideration paid by the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  with  respect


                                       27
<PAGE>

to the shares acquired in a tender offer or other  negotiated  transaction  over
(B) the  Daily  Market  Price  on the  Trading  Day  immediately  following  the
completion of such tender offer or other  negotiated  transaction  multiplied by
the number of acquired shares.

                  (h) In any case in which this Section 5.06 shall  require that
an  adjustment  be made  immediately  following a record date for an event,  the
Company  may elect to defer,  until  such  event,  issuing  to the holder of any
Security  converted  after such record date the shares of Common Stock and other
Capital Stock of the Company  issuable upon such  conversion  over and above the
shares of Common Stock and other Capital Stock of the Company issuable upon such
conversion only on the basis of the Conversion  Price prior to adjustment;  and,
in lieu of the shares the  issuance of which is so deferred,  the Company  shall
issue or cause its  transfer  agents  to issue  due  bills or other  appropriate
evidence of the right to receive such shares.

                  SECTION 5.07. No  Adjustment.  No adjustment in the Conversion
Price shall be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the
Conversion Price as last adjusted; provided, however, that any adjustments which
by reason of this  Section  5.07 are not  required  to be made  shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment.  All  calculations
under  this  Article  V  shall  be made to the  nearest  cent or to the  nearest
one-hundredth  of a share,  as the case may be. No  adjustment  need be made for
rights to purchase  Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for  reinvestment of
dividends or interest.  No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value
or no par value of the Common Stock.

                  SECTION 5.08. Other  Adjustments.  (a) In the event that, as a
result of an adjustment  made pursuant to Section 5.06 above,  the holder of any
Security thereafter  surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive
any  shares of Capital  Stock of the  Company  other  than  shares of its Common
Stock,  thereafter the Conversion  Price of such other shares so receivable upon
conversion of any Securities shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in
a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with
respect to Common Stock contained in this Article V.

                  (b) In the event that shares of Common Stock are not delivered
after the  expiration  of any of the rights or  warrants  referred to in Section
5.06(b) and Section 5.06(c) hereof,  the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to
the Conversion  Price which would otherwise be in effect had the adjustment made
upon the issuance of such rights or warrants  been made on the basis of delivery
of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered.

                  SECTION 5.09.  Adjustments for Tax Purposes.  The Company may,
at its option,  make such  reductions in the  Conversion  Price,  in addition to
those required by Section 5.06 above,  as it determines to be advisable in order
that any  stock  dividend,  subdivision  of  shares,  distribution  of rights to
purchase stock or securities or distribution of securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for stock  made by the  Company  to its  stockholders  will not be
taxable to the recipients thereof.


                                       28
<PAGE>

                  SECTION  5.10.  Adjustments  by the Company.  The Company from
time to time may, to the extent permitted by law, reduce the Conversion Price by
any amount for any period of at least 20 days,  in which case the Company  shall
give at least 15 days' notice of such reduction in accordance with Section 5.11,
if the Board of Directors has made a determination  that such reduction would be
in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive.

                  SECTION 5.11.  Notice of  Adjustment.  Whenever the Conversion
Price is  adjusted,  the  Company  shall  promptly  mail to  Noteholders  at the
addresses appearing on the Registrar's books a notice of the adjustment and file
with the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  briefly  stating the facts requiring
the  adjustment  and the  manner  of  computing  it.  The  certificate  shall be
conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

                  SECTION  5.12.  Notice of Certain  Transactions.  In the event
that:

                  (1) the  Company  takes any  action  which  would  require  an
adjustment in the Conversion Price;

                  (2)  the  Company  takes  any  action  that  would  require  a
supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 5.13; or

                  (3)  there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

a holder of a Security may wish to convert such  Security  into shares of Common
Stock prior to the record date for or the effective  date of the  transaction so
that he may receive the rights, warrants, securities or assets which a holder of
shares of Common Stock on that date may receive.  Therefore,  the Company  shall
mail to Noteholders at the addresses  appearing on the Registrar's books and the
Trustee a notice stating the proposed  record or effective date, as the case may
be.  The  Company  shall  mail the  notice at least 15 days  before  such  date;
however,  failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the
validity  of any  transaction  referred  to in  clause  (1),  (2) or (3) of this
Section 5.12.

                  SECTION  5.13.  Effect of  Reclassifications,  Consolidations,
Mergers or Sales on Conversion  Privilege.  If any of the following shall occur,
namely: (i) any reclassification or change of outstanding shares of Common Stock
issuable upon  conversion of  Securities  (other than a change in par value,  or
from par  value to no par  value,  or from no par  value to par  value,  or as a
result of a subdivision or  combination),  (ii) any  consolidation  or merger to
which the  Company is a party  other  than a merger in which the  Company is the
continuing  corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of, or
change (other than a change in name,  or par value,  or from par value to no par
value,  or from no par  value to par value or as a result  of a  subdivision  or
combination)  in,  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock or  (iii)  any sale or
conveyance  of all or  substantially  all of the  property  or  business  of the
Company as an  entirety,  then the  Company,  or such  successor  or  purchasing
corporation, as the case may be, shall, as a


                                       29
<PAGE>

condition precedent to such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,
sale or conveyance,  execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
in form  satisfactory to the Trustee  providing that the holder of each Security
then outstanding shall have the right to convert such Security into the kind and
amount of shares of stock and other  securities  and property  (including  cash)
receivable upon such reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger, sale or
conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock  deliverable upon
conversion of such Security immediately prior to such reclassification,  change,
consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance.  Such supplemental  indenture shall
provide  for  adjustments  of the  Conversion  Price  which  shall be as  nearly
equivalent as may be  practicable to the  adjustments  of the  Conversion  Price
provided for in this  Article V. The  foregoing,  however,  shall not in any way
affect the right a holder of a Security may otherwise  have,  pursuant to clause
(ii) of the last sentence of subsection  (c) of Section 5.06, to receive  Rights
upon  conversion  of a  Security.  If,  in the case of any  such  consolidation,
merger,  sale  or  conveyance,  the  stock  or  other  securities  and  property
(including  cash)  receivable  thereupon  by a holder of Common  Stock  includes
shares of stock or other securities and property of a corporation other than the
successor or purchasing corporation,  as the case may be, in such consolidation,
merger,  sale or  conveyance,  then such  supplemental  indenture  shall also be
executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional  provisions
to  protect  the  interests  of the  holders of the  Securities  as the Board of
Directors of the Company shall  reasonably  consider  necessary by reason of the
foregoing.  The  provision  of  this  Section  5.13  shall  similarly  apply  to
successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

                  In  the  event  the  Company  shall  execute  a   supplemental
indenture  pursuant to this Section 5.13,  the Company shall  promptly file with
the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor,  the
kind or amount of shares of stock or  securities  or property  (including  cash)
receivable by holders of the Securities upon the conversion of their  Securities
after  any  such  reclassification,   change,  consolidation,  merger,  sale  or
conveyance and any adjustment to be made with respect thereto.

                  SECTION 5.14. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee has no duty to
determine when an adjustment  under this Article V should be made, how it should
be made or what such adjustment should be, but may accept as conclusive evidence
of the  correctness  of any such  adjustment,  and shall be protected in relying
upon the  Officers'  Certificate  with  respect  thereto  which the  Company  is
obligated to file with the Trustee  pursuant to Section 5.11.  The Trustee makes
no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued
upon conversion of Securities,  and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the
Company's failure to comply with any provisions of this Article V.

                  The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine
the  correctness  of any  provisions  contained  in any  supplemental  indenture
executed pursuant to Section 5.13, but may accept as conclusive  evidence of the
correctness  thereof,  and shall be protected  in relying  upon,  the  Officers'
Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 5.13.


                                       30
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Subordination

                  SECTION  6.01.  Agreement to  Subordinate.  The  Company,  for
itself and its successors, and each Noteholder, by his acceptance of Securities,
agree that the payment of the  principal of or interest on or any other  amounts
due on the Securities is subordinated in right of payment,  to the extent and in
the  manner  stated in this  Article  VI, to the  prior  payment  in full of all
existing and future Senior Debt.

                  SECTION  6.02.  No Payment  on  Securities  if Senior  Debt in
Default. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding,  no payment
on account of principal of or redemption of, interest on or other amounts due on
the Securities (including the making of a deposit pursuant to Section 3.05), and
no redemption,  purchase, or other acquisition of the Securities,  shall be made
by or on behalf of the Company (i) unless full  payment of amounts  then due for
principal  and interest and of all other amounts then due on all Senior Debt has
been made or duly provided for pursuant to the terms of the instrument governing
such Senior Debt, (ii) if, at the time of such payment, redemption,  purchase or
other acquisition, or immediately after giving effect thereto, there shall exist
under any Senior  Debt,  or any  agreement  pursuant to which any Senior Debt is
issued, any default, which default shall not have been cured or waived and which
default  shall  have  resulted  in the full  amount of such  Senior  Debt  being
declared due and payable or (iii) if, at the time of such  payment,  redemption,
purchase or other  acquisition,  the Trustee shall have received  written notice
from the  Representative  of the holders of  Designated  Senior Debt (a "Payment
Blockage  Notice") that there exists under such  Designated  Senior Debt, or any
agreement  pursuant to which such Designated Senior Debt is issued, any default,
which  default  shall not have been  cured or  waived,  permitting  the  holders
thereof to declare any amounts of such  Designated  Senior Debt due and payable,
but only for the period (the "Payment Blockage  Period")  commencing on the date
of receipt of the Payment Blockage Notice and ending (unless earlier  terminated
by notice  given to the  Trustee by the  Representative  of the  holders of such
Designated  Senior  Debt) on the  earlier of (a) the date on which such event of
default  shall have been cured or waived or (b) 180 days from the receipt of the
Payment  Blockage  Notice.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  described  in  the
immediately  preceding sentence (other than in clauses (i) and (ii)), unless the
holders of such  Designated  Senior Debt or the  Representative  of such holders
shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated  Senior Debt, the Company
may resume  payments on the  Securities  after the end of such Payment  Blockage
Period.  Not  more  than  one  Payment  Blockage  Notice  may  be  given  in any
consecutive 365-day period,  irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to Senior Debt during such period.

                  In the event  that,  notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this
Section 6.02,  payments are made by or on behalf of the Company in contravention
of the  provisions  of this Section  6.02,  such  payments  shall be held by the
Trustee,  any  Paying  Agent or the  holders,  as  applicable,  in trust for the
benefit of, and shall be paid over to and  delivered to, the  Representative  of
the


                                       31
<PAGE>

holders of Senior Debt or the trustee under the indenture or other agreement (if
any), pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Debt may have been
issued for  application  to the payment of all Senior Debt ratably  according to
the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior
Debt in full in  accordance  with the terms of such Senior  Debt,  after  giving
effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior
Debt.

                  The Company  shall give prompt  written  notice to the Trustee
and any Paying Agent of any default or event of default under any Senior Debt or
under any agreement pursuant to which any Senior Debt may have been issued.

                  SECTION 6.03.  Distribution  on  Acceleration  of  Securities;
Dissolution and Reorganization; Subrogation of Securities. (a) If the Securities
are declared due and payable  because of the  occurrence of an Event of Default,
the Company shall give prompt  written  notice to the holders of all Senior Debt
or to the trustee(s) for such Senior Debt of such acceleration.  The Company may
not  pay  the  principal  of or  interest  on or any  other  amounts  due on the
Securities  until five  Business Days after such holders or trustee(s) of Senior
Debt receive such notice and,  thereafter,  the Company may pay the principal of
or interest on or any other amounts due on the Securities only if the provisions
of this Article VI permit such payment.

                  (b) Upon (i) any  acceleration of the principal  amount due on
the  Securities  because of an Event of  Default or (ii) any direct or  indirect
distribution  of  assets  of the  Company  upon  any  dissolution,  winding  up,
liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy,  insolvency
or  receivership  proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors
or any other  dissolution,  winding up,  liquidation  or  reorganization  of the
Company):

                  (1) the  holders of all Senior Debt shall first be entitled to
receive payment in full of the principal  thereof,  the interest thereon and any
other amounts due thereon before the holders are entitled to receive  payment on
account of the  principal  of or  interest  on or any other  amounts  due on the
Securities;

                  (2) any  payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company of
any kind or  character,  whether in cash,  property  or  securities  (other than
securities  of the Company as  reorganized  or  readjusted  or securities of the
Company or any other  corporation  provided for by a plan of  reorganization  or
readjustment  the  payment  of which  is  subordinate,  at  least to the  extent
provided in this Article with respect to the Securities,  to the payment in full
without  diminution or  modification  by such plan of all Senior Debt), to which
the holders or the Trustee  would be entitled  (other than in respect of amounts
payable to the Trustee  pursuant to Section  9.07) except for the  provisions of
this Article,  shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person
making  such a payment or  distribution,  directly to the holders of Senior Debt
(or their  representative(s)  or  trustee(s)  acting on their  behalf),  ratably
according to the aggregate  amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal
of or interest on and other  amounts due on the Senior Debt held or  represented
by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all


                                       32
<PAGE>

Senior Debt remaining unpaid,  after giving effect to any concurrent  payment or
distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt; and

                  (3) in the event  that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any
payment  or  distribution  of assets of the  Company  of any kind or  character,
whether in cash, property or securities (other than securities of the Company as
reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is
subordinate, at least to the extent provided in this Article with respect to the
Securities,  to the payment in full without  diminution or  modification by such
plan of Senior Debt), shall be received by the Trustee (other than in respect of
amounts  payable to the Trustee  pursuant to Section 9.07) or the holders before
all Senior Debt is paid in full, such payment or  distribution  shall be held in
trust for the  benefit  of, and be paid over to upon  request by a holder of the
Senior  Debt,  the  holders  of the  Senior  Debt  remaining  unpaid  (or  their
representatives) or trustee(s) acting on their behalf, ratably as aforesaid, for
application  to the payment of such Senior Debt until all such Senior Debt shall
have  been  paid in full,  after  giving  effect to any  concurrent  payment  or
distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt.

                  Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the holders
shall be  subrogated  to the  rights of the  holders  of Senior  Debt to receive
payments  or  distributions  of cash,  property  or  securities  of the  Company
applicable  to the  Senior  Debt  until the  principal  of and  interest  on the
Securities shall be paid in full and, for purposes of such subrogation,  no such
payments or  distributions  to the  holders of Senior Debt of cash,  property or
securities  which otherwise would have been payable or  distributable to holders
shall,  as between the Company,  its creditors  other than the holders of Senior
Debt, and the holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account
of the Senior Debt, it being  understood that the provisions of this Article are
and are intended  solely for the purpose of defining the relative  rights of the
holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

                  Nothing  contained  in  this  Article  or  elsewhere  in  this
Indenture or in the  Securities  is intended to or shall (i) impair,  as between
the  Company  and its  creditors  other  than the  holders of Senior  Debt,  the
obligation of the Company,  which is absolute and  unconditional,  to pay to the
holders the  principal  of and interest on the  Securities  as and when the same
shall  become due and payable in  accordance  with the terms of the  Securities,
(ii) affect the  relative  rights of the holders  and  creditors  of the Company
other than  holders of Senior Debt or, as between  the Company and the  Trustee,
the  obligations of the Company to the Trustee,  or (iii) prevent the Trustee or
the holders from exercising all remedies  otherwise  permitted by applicable law
upon default under this  Indenture,  subject to the rights,  if any,  under this
Article  of the  holders  of  Senior  Debt in  respect  of  cash,  property  and
securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

                  Upon distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this
Article, the Trustee,  subject to the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, and the
holders shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating  trustee
or agent or other person making any distribution to the


                                       33
<PAGE>

Trustee or to the holders for the purpose of ascertaining  the persons  entitled
to  participate in such  distribution,  the holders of the Senior Debt and other
indebtedness of the Company,  the amount thereof or payable thereon,  the amount
or amounts paid or distributed  thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article. The Trustee,  however, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary
duty to the  holders  of Senior  Debt.  Nothing  contained  in this  Article  or
elsewhere in this Indenture, or in any of the Securities, shall prevent the good
faith  application  by the Trustee of any moneys  which were  deposited  with it
hereunder,  prior to its receipt of written notice of facts which would prohibit
such  application,  for the  purpose  of the  payment  of or on  account  of the
principal of or interest on, the Securities  unless,  prior to the date on which
such  application  is made by the  Trustee,  the Trustee  shall be charged  with
actual notice under Section 6.03(d) hereof of the facts which would prohibit the
making of such application.

                  (c) The  provisions of this Article shall not be applicable to
any cash, properties or securities received by the Trustee or by any holder when
received  as a holder of Senior  Debt and  nothing  in  Section  9.11  hereof or
elsewhere in this  Indenture  shall deprive the Trustee or such holder of any of
its rights as such holder.

                  (d) The  Company  shall  give  prompt  written  notice  to the
Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would  prohibit the making of any
payment of money to or by the Trustee in respect of the  Securities  pursuant to
the  provisions  of this  Article.  The Trustee,  subject to the  provisions  of
Section 9.01 hereof, shall be entitled to assume that no such fact exists unless
the  Company  or any holder of Senior  Debt or any  trustee  therefor  has given
notice thereof to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or
any other  provisions of this  Indenture,  the Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of the  existence  of any fact which would  prohibit the making of any
payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities  pursuant to
the provisions in this Article, unless, and until three Business Days after, the
Trustee  shall have  received  written  notice  thereof  from the Company or any
holder or holders of Senior Debt or from any trustee therefor; and, prior to the
receipt of any such written  notice,  the Trustee,  subject to the provisions of
Section 9.01 hereof,  shall be entitled in all respects  conclusively  to assume
that no such  facts  exist;  provided  that if on a date  not  less  than  three
Business Days  immediately  preceding the date upon which,  by the terms hereof,
any  such  moneys  may  become  payable  for  any  purpose  (including,  without
limitation, the principal of or interest on any Security), the Trustee shall not
have  received  with  respect to such  moneys the  notice  provided  for in this
Section 6.03(d), then anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Trustee  shall have full power and  authority  to receive such moneys and to
apply the same to the  purpose  for which they were  received,  and shall not be
affected by any notice to the  contrary  which may be received by it on or after
such prior date.

                  The  Trustee  shall be entitled  to rely  conclusively  on the
delivery  to it of a written  notice by a person  representing  himself  to be a
holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish  that
such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of
any such holder or holders).  In the event that the Trustee  determines  in good
faith that further  evidence is required with respect to the right of any person
as a holder of Senior Debt


                                       34
<PAGE>

to  participate  in any payment or  distribution  pursuant to this Article,  the
Trustee  may  request  such  person  to  furnish   evidence  to  the  reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such person,
the extent to which such person is entitled to  participate  in such  payment or
distribution  and any other facts  pertinent  to the rights of such person under
this Article, and, if such evidence is not furnished,  the Trustee may defer any
payment to such person pending  judicial  determination  as to the right of such
person to receive such payment;  nor shall the Trustee be charged with knowledge
or the curing or waiving of any default of the  character  specified  in Section
6.02 hereof or that any event or any condition preventing any payment in respect
of the Securities shall have ceased to exist, unless and until the Trustee shall
have received written notice to such effect.

                  (e) The  provisions  of this  Section 6.03  applicable  to the
Trustee shall (unless the context  requires  otherwise) also apply to any Paying
Agent for the Company.

                  SECTION  6.04.   Reliance  by  Senior  Debt  on  Subordination
Provisions.  Each holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof  acknowledges
and agrees that the foregoing subordination  provisions are, and are intended to
be, an  inducement  and a  consideration  for each  holder of any  Senior  Debt,
whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of
the  Securities,  to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold,  such
Senior Debt, and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have
relied on such subordination  provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or
in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. Notice of any default in the payment of
any Senior  Debt,  except as  expressly  stated in this  Article,  and notice of
acceptance  of the  provisions  hereof are hereby  expressly  waived.  Except as
otherwise  expressly  provided herein, no waiver,  forbearance or release by any
holder of Senior  Debt  under  such  Senior  Debt or under  this  Article  shall
constitute a release of any of the  obligations or liabilities of the Trustee or
holders of the Securities provided in this Article.

                  SECTION 6.05. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, no right of any present or future holder of
any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in
any way be  prejudiced  or  impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of
the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith,  by any such holder,
or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms,  provisions and covenants
of this Indenture,  regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have
or be otherwise charged with.

                  Without in any way limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing
paragraph,  the  holders of Senior  Debt may, at any time and from time to time,
without  the  consent  of, or notice  to,  the  Trustee  or the  holders  of the
Securities,  without  incurring  responsibility to the holders of the Securities
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article VI
or the obligations  hereunder of the holders of the Securities to the holders of
Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following:  (i) change the manner,  place
or terms of payment of, or renew or alter,  Senior Debt,  or otherwise  amend or
supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any  instrument  evidencing  the same or
any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell,


                                       35
<PAGE>

exchange,  release or otherwise  dispose of any property  pledged,  mortgaged or
otherwise  securing  Senior Debt;  (iii) release any person liable in any manner
for the collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from  exercising
any rights against the Company or any other person.

                  SECTION 6.06.  Trustee's  Relation to Senior Debt. The Trustee
in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this
Article in respect of any Senior Debt at any time held by it, to the same extent
as any holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in Section 9.11 hereof or elsewhere in
this  Indenture  shall  deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
Anything in this Indenture to the contrary  notwithstanding,  amounts payable to
the  Trustee  from time to time  pursuant  to Section  9.07 shall be treated for
purposes of this Article as if such amounts constituted Senior Debt hereunder.

                  With  respect  to the  holders  of Senior  Debt,  the  Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and  obligations,
as are  specifically  set forth in this  Article,  and no implied  covenants  or
obligations  with  respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this
Indenture  against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not owe any fiduciary duty to
the holders of Senior Debt but shall have only such  obligations to such holders
as are expressly set forth in this Article.

                  Each holder of a Security by his acceptance thereof authorizes
and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate  to  effectuate  the  subordination  provided  in this  Article  and
appoints  the  Trustee  his  attorney-in-fact  for any and  all  such  purposes,
including,  in the  event  of any  dissolution,  winding  up or  liquidation  or
reorganization  under any applicable  bankruptcy law of the Company  (whether in
bankruptcy,  insolvency or  receivership  proceedings or otherwise),  the timely
filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of such holder's Securities in the form
required in such  proceedings  and the causing of such claim to be approved.  If
the Trustee does not file a claim or proof of debt in the form  required in such
proceedings  prior to 30 days  before  the  expiration  of the time to file such
claims  or  proofs,  then  any  holder  or  holders  of  Senior  Debt  or  their
representative  or  representatives  shall  have the right to  demand,  sue for,
collect,  receive and receipt for the payments and  distributions  in respect of
the  Securities  which are  required to be paid or  delivered  to the holders of
Senior  Debt as  provided  in this  Article  and to file and  prove  all  claims
therefor  and to take all  such  other  action  in the  name of the  holders  or
otherwise,  as such  holders  of  Senior  Debt  or  representative  thereof  may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the  enforcement of the provisions
of this  Article.  Anything in this  Indenture to the contrary  notwithstanding,
amounts  payable to the Trustee from time to time pursuant to Section 9.07 shall
be treated for purposes of this Article as if such  amounts  constituted  Senior
Debt hereunder.

                  SECTION  6.07.  Other  Provisions  Subject  Hereto.  Except as
expressly  stated in this Article,  notwithstanding  anything  contained in this
Indenture  to the  contrary,  all  the  provisions  of  this  Indenture  and the
Securities  are subject to the provisions of this Article.  However,  nothing in
this Article  shall apply to or  adversely  affect the claims of, or payment to,
the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.07. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure
to make a


                                       36
<PAGE>

payment on account of  principal of or interest on the  Securities  by reason of
any  provision  of this  Article VI shall not be  construed  as  preventing  the
occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   Successors

                  SECTION 7.01.  Merger,  Consolidation  or Sale of Assets.  The
Company may not consolidate or merge with or into any person (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation),  or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise  dispose of all or  substantially  all of its  properties or assets
unless:

                  (a) the  Company is the  surviving  corporation  or the Person
         formed by or surviving any such  consolidation or merger (if other than
         the  Company)  or to which  such  sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,
         conveyance or other  disposition  shall have been made is a corporation
         organized or existing  under the laws of the United  States,  any state
         thereof or the District of Columbia;

                  (b)  the   corporation   formed  by  or  surviving   any  such
         consolidation  or merger (if other than the Company) or the corporation
         to which such sale, assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or other
         disposition  will have been made  assumes  all the  Obligations  of the
         Company,  pursuant to a  supplemental  indenture  in a form  reasonably
         satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities and the Indenture;

                  (c) any such sale, assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance or
         other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company's
         properties  or  assets  shall  be as an  entirety  or  virtually  as an
         entirety to one corporation;

                  (d) immediately  after such transaction no Default or Event of
         Default exists; and

                  (e) the Company or such  corporation  shall have  delivered to
         the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel,  each
         stating that such  transaction and the  supplemental  indenture  comply
         with the Indenture and that all  conditions  precedent in the Indenture
         relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

                  SECTION  7.02.  Successor  Corporation  Substituted.  Upon any
consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company in
accordance with Section 7.01 hereof,  the successor  corporation  formed by such
consolidation  or into or with which the Company is merged or the corporation to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is
made shall succeed to, and be  substituted  for and may exercise every right and


                                       37
<PAGE>

power of, the  Company  under  this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such
successor person has been named as the Company herein;  provided,  however, that
the  predecessor  Company in the case of a sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall not be released from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Securities.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              Defaults and Remedies

                  SECTION 8.01. Events of Default.  An "Event of Default" occurs
if:

                  (a) the  Company  defaults  in the  payment of interest on any
         Security  when  the  same  becomes  due and  payable,  and the  Default
         continues for a period of 30 days after the date due and payable;

                  (b) the Company  defaults in the payment of the  principal  of
         any Security  when the same  becomes due and payable at maturity,  upon
         redemption or otherwise;

                  (c) the Company  fails to observe or perform  any  covenant or
         agreement contained in Section 4.07 hereof;

                  (d) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant
         or agreement  contained in this Indenture or the Securities required by
         it to be performed  and the Default  continues  for a period of 60 days
         after the receipt of written  notice from the Trustee to the Company or
         from the  holders  of 25% in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the then
         outstanding Securities to the Company and the Trustee stating that such
         notice is a "Notice of Default";

                  (e)  there is a  default  under  any  mortgage,  indenture  or
         instrument  under  which  there may be issued or by which  there may be
         secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
         or any Material  Subsidiary  of the Company (or the payment of which is
         guaranteed  by the Company or any Material  Subsidiary of the Company),
         whether such  Indebtedness  or guarantee now exists or is created after
         the Issuance Date, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay when
         due  principal  of or  interest on such  Indebtedness  within the grace
         period  provided  for in such  Indebtedness  (which  failure  continues
         beyond any  applicable  grace  period) (a  "Payment  Default")  or (ii)
         results in the acceleration of such  Indebtedness  prior to its express
         maturity (without such  acceleration  being rescinded or annulled) and,
         in each case, the principal amount of any such  Indebtedness,  together
         with the principal  amount of any other such  Indebtedness  under which
         there  is a  Payment  Default  or the  maturity  of  which  has been so
         accelerated, aggregates $10 million or more;

                  (f) a final,  non-appealable  judgment or final non-appealable
         judgments  (other than any  judgment as to which a reputable  insurance
         company has accepted full liability)


                                       38
<PAGE>

         for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of  competent
         jurisdiction  against the  Company or any  Material  Subsidiary  of the
         Company and remain  undischarged  for a period (during which  execution
         shall  not  be  effectively  stayed)  of 60  days,  provided  that  the
         aggregate of all such judgments exceeds $5 million;

                  (g) the  Company or any  Material  Subsidiary  pursuant  to or
         within the meaning of any  Bankruptcy  Law:  (i)  commences a voluntary
         case,  (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief  against it in
         an  involuntary  case in which it is the debtor,  (iii) consents to the
         appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
         property,  (iv)  makes a  general  assignment  for the  benefit  of its
         creditors,  or (v) makes the  admission in writing that it generally is
         unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

                  (h) a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  enters  an  order or
         decree under any  Bankruptcy  Law that:  (i) is for relief  against the
         Company or any  Material  Subsidiary  of the Company in an  involuntary
         case,  (ii)  appoints  a  Custodian  of the  Company  or  any  Material
         Subsidiary  of the  Company  or for  all  or  substantially  all of its
         property, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60
         days or (iii)  orders the  liquidation  of the Company or any  Material
         Subsidiary of the Company, and the order or decree remains unstayed and
         in effect for 60 days.

                  The term  "Bankruptcy  Law" means Title 11,  U.S.  Code or any
similar  Federal or state law for the relief of  debtors.  The term  "Custodian"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee,  liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law.

                  SECTION 8.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than
an Event of Default  specified  in clauses (g) and (h) of Section  8.01  hereof)
occurs  and  is  continuing,  the  Trustee  by  notice  to the  Company,  or the
Noteholders  of at  least  25%  in  principal  amount  of  the  then-outstanding
Securities  by  notice to the  Company  and the  Trustee,  may  declare  all the
Securities  to be due and payable.  Upon such  declaration,  the  principal  of,
premium,  if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities shall be due
and payable  immediately.  If an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h)
of Section  8.01 hereof  occurs,  such an amount  shall ipso facto become and be
immediately  due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the  Trustee or any  Noteholder.  The  Noteholders  of a majority  in  aggregate
principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may
rescind  an  acceleration  and its  consequences  if the  rescission  would  not
conflict  with any  judgment or decree,  if all  amounts  payable to the Trustee
pursuant to Section  9.07 hereof  have been paid and if all  existing  Events of
Default  have been cured or waived  except  nonpayment  of principal or interest
that has become due solely because of the acceleration.

                  SECTION 8.03.  Other  Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs
and is  continuing,  the Trustee may pursue any available  remedy to collect the
payment of principal or


                                       39
<PAGE>

interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Securities or this Indenture.

                  The  Trustee  may  maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any  Noteholder in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

                  SECTION 8.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  The  Noteholders of a
majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the  then-outstanding  Securities by
notice to the Trustee may waive an existing  Default or Event of Default and its
consequences  except a continuing  Default or Event of Default in the payment of
the Designated  Event Payment or the principal of, or interest on, any Security.
When a Default or Event of Default is  waived,  it is cured and  ceases;  but no
such waiver shall extend to any  subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

                  SECTION  8.05.  Control  by  Majority.  The  Noteholders  of a
majority in principal amount of the  then-outstanding  Securities may direct the
time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee or  exercising  any trust or power  conferred  on it.  However,  the
Trustee  may  refuse to follow any  direction  that  conflicts  with law or this
Indenture,  is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other  Noteholders,  or would
involve the Trustee in personal liability.

                  SECTION 8.06.  Limitation on Suits.  A Noteholder may pursue a
remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities only if:

                  (a) the Noteholder gives to the Trustee notice of a continuing
         Event of Default;

                  (b) the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
         then-outstanding Securities make a request to the Trustee to pursue the
         remedy;

                  (c)  such  Noteholder  or  Noteholders  offer  to the  Trustee
         indemnity  satisfactory to the Trustee  against any loss,  liability or
         expense;

                  (d) the Trustee  does not comply  with the  request  within 60
         days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

                  (e) during such 60-day period the Noteholders of a majority in
         principal  amount of the  then-outstanding  Securities  do not give the
         Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.


                                       40
<PAGE>

                  A  Noteholder  may not use this  Indenture  to  prejudice  the
rights of another  Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Noteholder.

                  SECTION  8.07.  Rights  of  Noteholders  to  Receive  Payment.
Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Indenture,  the  right  of any
Noteholder  of a Security to receive  payment of  principal  and interest on the
Security,  on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security, or to
bring suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after such  respective
dates,  shall not be impaired or affected  without the consent of the Noteholder
made pursuant to this Section.

                  SECTION  8.08.  Collection  Suit by  Trustee.  If an  Event of
Default  specified  in Section  8.01(a) or (b)  occurs  and is  continuing,  the
Trustee may recover  judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole  amount of principal  and  interest  remaining
unpaid on the Securities and interest on overdue principal and interest and such
further  amount as shall be  sufficient  to cover the costs  and,  to the extent
lawful, expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                  SECTION  8.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee
may file such proofs of claim and other  papers or documents as may be necessary
or  advisable  in order to have the claims of the  Trustee  and the  Noteholders
allowed in any judicial  proceedings  relative to the Company,  its creditors or
its property.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to  authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any  Noteholder  any
plan of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or composition  affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Noteholder  thereof, or to authorize the Trustee
to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding.

                  SECTION 8.10.  Priorities.  If the Trustee  collects any money
pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

                  First:  to the  Trustee for  amounts  due under  Section  9.07
         hereof;

                  Second:  to the holders of Senior Debt to the extent  required
         by Article VI;

                  Third: to the  Noteholders,  for amounts due and unpaid on the
         Securities  for  principal  and  interest,  ratably,  according  to the
         amounts due and payable on the  Securities  for principal and interest,
         respectively; and

                  Fourth:  to the Company.

                  Except as  otherwise  provided  in Section  2.12  hereof,  the
Trustee may fix a record date and  payment  date for any payment to  Noteholders
made pursuant to this Section.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                  SECTION  8.11.  Undertaking  for  Costs.  In any  suit for the
enforcement  of any right or remedy under this  Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action  taken or omitted by it as a Trustee,  a court in its
discretion  may  require  the  filing  by any party  litigant  in the suit of an
undertaking  to pay the costs of the suit,  and the court in its  discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party
litigant  in the suit,  having  due  regard to the  merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee,  a suit by a holder  pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof,  or a
suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding
Securities.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     Trustee

                  SECTION  9.01.  Duties of Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is  continuing,  the Trustee shall  exercise such of the rights
and powers vested in it by this  Indenture,  and use the same degree of care and
skill in their  exercise,  as a prudent  person would  exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

                  (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:  (i)
the Trustee need perform  only those duties that are  specifically  set forth in
this  Indenture  and no others and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part,
the Trustee may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the  statements  and the
correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and, if required by the terms hereof, conforming to the
requirements  of  this  Indenture.   However,  the  Trustee  shall  examine  the
certificates  and  opinions  to  determine  whether  or not they  conform to the
requirements of this  Indenture.  During the continuance of an event of Default,
the Trustee may  consult  with its legal  counsel and rely upon advice from such
counsel with respect to legal matters.

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent  action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to  act,  or its  own  willful
misconduct,  except  that:  (i) this  paragraph  does not  limit  the  effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 9.01; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of  judgment  made in good faith by a Trust  Officer,  unless it is proved
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts and (iii) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in accordance with a direction  received by it pursuant to Section
8.05 hereof.

                  (d) Every  provision of this Indenture that in any way relates
to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.01.

                  (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any
right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.


                                       42
<PAGE>

                  (f) The Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any money
received  by it except as the  Trustee  may agree in writing  with the  Company.
Money held in trust by the  Trustee  need not be  segregated  from  other  funds
except to the extent required by law.

                  SECTION 9.02.  Rights of Trustee.  (a) The Trustee may rely on
any  document  believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document.

                  (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains  from  acting,  it may
require an Officers'  Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee
shall not be liable  for any  action it takes or omits to take in good  faith in
reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (c) The  Trustee  may act  through  agents  and  shall  not be
responsible  for the  misconduct or negligence of any agent  appointed  with due
care.

                  (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith  which it believes  to be  authorized  or within its
rights or powers.

                  (e) The Trustee  shall not be charged  with  knowledge  of any
Event of Default under subsection (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of Section 8.01
unless either (1) a Trust Officer  assigned to its  corporate  trust  department
shall have actual  knowledge  thereof,  or (2) the Trustee  shall have  received
notice  thereof in accordance  with Section 12.02 hereof from the Company or any
holder.

                  SECTION 9.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual  or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities
and may otherwise  deal with the Company or an Affiliate with the same rights it
would have if it were not  Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.
However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 9.10 and 9.11 hereof.

                  SECTION  9.04.  Trustee's  Disclaimer.  The  Trustee  makes no
representation  as to  the  validity  or  adequacy  of  this  Indenture  or  the
Securities,  it shall not be  accountable  for the Company's use of the proceeds
from the  Securities,  and it shall not be responsible  for any statement of the
Company in the  Indenture  or any  statement in the  Securities  (other than its
authentication)   or  for  compliance  by  the  Company  with  the  Registration
Agreement.

                  SECTION  9.05.  Notice of  Defaults.  If a Default or Event of
Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,  the Trustee
shall mail to  Noteholders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90
days  after it  occurs.  Except in the case of a Default  or Event of Default in
payment on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Trust Officers in good faith  determines  that  withholding the
notice is in the interests of Noteholders.


                                       43
<PAGE>

                  SECTION  9.06.  Reports by Trustee to  Noteholders.  Within 60
days after the reporting date stated in Section 12.10, the Trustee shall mail to
Noteholders  a brief report dated as of such  reporting  date that complies with
TIA ss.  313(a) if and to the extent  required by such ss.  313(a).  The Trustee
also shall comply with TIA ss.  313(b)(2).  The Trustee  shall also  transmit by
mail all reports as required by TIA ss. 313(c).

                  A  copy  of  each  report  at  the  time  of  its  mailing  to
Noteholders  shall be filed  with the SEC and each stock  exchange  on which the
Securities are listed.  The Company shall notify the Trustee when the Securities
are listed on any stock exchange.

                  SECTION 9.07.  Compensation  and Indemnity.  The Company shall
pay to the Trustee from time to time  reasonable  compensation  for its services
hereunder.  The  Trustee's  compensation  shall  not be  limited  by any  law on
compensation  of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the
Trustee upon  request for all  reasonable  disbursements,  expenses and advances
incurred  or made  by it.  Such  disbursements  and  expenses  may  include  the
reasonable disbursements,  compensation and expenses of the Trustee's agents and
counsel.

                  The Company shall  indemnify  the Trustee  against any loss or
liability incurred by it except as set forth in the next paragraph.  The Trustee
shall notify the Company  promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.
The  Company  shall  defend the claim and the  Trustee  shall  cooperate  in the
defense.  The Trustee may have  separate  counsel and the Company  shall pay the
reasonable fees,  disbursements  and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need
not pay for any settlement made without its consent,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                  The  Company  need not  reimburse  any  expense  or  indemnify
against any loss or  liability  incurred by the  Trustee  through the  Trustee's
negligence or bad faith.

                  To secure the Company's  payment  obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a lien equivalent to that of Senior Debt and prior to the
Securities  on all money or property  held or collected  by the Trustee,  except
money or property  held in trust to pay  principal  and  interest on  particular
Securities.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders  services after an
Event of Default  specified in Section  8.01(g) or (h) occurs,  the expenses and
the  compensation  for the  services  are  intended  to  constitute  expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  SECTION 9.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal
of the Trustee and  appointment  of a successor  Trustee shall become  effective
only upon the successor Trustee's  acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section.


                                       44
<PAGE>

                  The  Trustee  may  resign by so  notifying  the  Company.  The
Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities
may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company.
The Company may remove the Trustee if:

                  (a) the Trustee  fails to comply  with  Section  9.10  hereof,
         unless the  Trustee's  duty to resign is stayed as  provided in TIA ss.
         310(b);

                  (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an  insolvent  or an
         order for  relief is entered  with  respect  to the  Trustee  under any
         Bankruptcy Law;

                  (c) a Custodian or public  officer takes charge of the Trustee
or its property; or

                  (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee  for any  reason,  the Company  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities
may appoint a successor  Trustee to replace the successor  Trustee  appointed by
the Company.

                  If a successor  Trustee  does not take  office  within 60 days
after the retiring  Trustee  resigns or is removed,  the retiring  Trustee,  the
Company  or  the  Noteholders  of at  least  10%  in  principal  amount  of  the
then-outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If the  Trustee  fails to comply  with  Section  9.10  hereof,
unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA ss. 310(b), any
Noteholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months
may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee
and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written  acceptance of its
appointment  to  the  retiring  Trustee  and  to  the  Company.   Thereupon  the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and the
successor  Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under  this  Indenture.  The  successor  Trustee  shall  mail  a  notice  of its
succession to  Noteholders.  The retiring  Trustee shall  promptly  transfer all
property  held by it as Trustee to the  successor  Trustee,  subject to the lien
provided  for  in  Section  9.07  hereof.  Notwithstanding  the  resignation  or
replacement  of the  Trustee  pursuant  to  this  Section  9.08,  the  Company's
obligations  under  Section  9.07 hereof  shall  continue for the benefit of the
retiring  trustee with respect to expenses and liabilities  incurred by it prior
to such resignation or replacement.

                  SECTION 9.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee
consolidates,  merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to,


                                       45
<PAGE>

another corporation,  the successor corporation without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee.

                  SECTION 9.10.  Eligibility;  Disqualification.  This Indenture
shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the  requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(1)
and (5). The Trustee shall always have a combined  capital and surplus as stated
in Section 12.10 hereof. The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 310(b).

                  SECTION  9.11.   Preferential  Collection  of  Claims  Against
Company.  The  Trustee is  subject to TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding  any  creditor
relationship  listed in TIA ss.  311(b).  A  Trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                    ARTICLE X

                             Discharge of Indenture

                  SECTION  10.01.  Termination  of Company's  Obligations.  This
Indenture  shall  cease to be of  further  effect  (except  that  the  Company's
obligations  under  Sections  9.07 and  10.02  hereof  shall  survive)  when all
outstanding Securities theretofore  authenticated and issued have been delivered
to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  and the  Company  has paid all sums  payable
hereunder.

                  Thereupon,  the Trustee  upon  request of the  Company,  shall
acknowledge  in writing the  discharge of the Company's  obligations  under this
Indenture, except for those surviving obligations specified above.

                  SECTION  10.02.  Repayment  to  Company.  The  Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall  promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money or
securities held by them at any time.

                  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon
written  request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest
that  remains  unclaimed  for two years  after the date upon which such  payment
shall have  become due;  provided,  however,  that the Company  shall have first
caused  notice of such  payment to the  Company to be mailed to each  Noteholder
entitled  thereto no less than 30 days prior to such  payment.  After payment to
the Company,  the Trustee and the Paying  Agent shall have no further  liability
with  respect to such money and  Noteholders  entitled to the money must look to
the Company for payment as general  creditors  unless any  applicable  abandoned
property law designates another person.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                       Amendments, Supplements and Waivers


                                       46
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 11.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. The Company and
the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without the
consent of any Noteholder:

                  (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                  (b) to comply with Sections 5.13 and 7.01 hereof;

                  (c) to provide for  uncertificated  Securities  in addition to
         certificated Securities;

                  (d) to make any  change  that does not  adversely  affect  the
         legal rights hereunder of any Noteholder;

                  (e) to qualify this Indenture  under the TIA or to comply with
         the  requirements of the SEC in order to maintain the  qualification of
         the Indenture under the TIA; or

                  (f) to make any change that provides any additional  rights or
         benefits to the holders of Securities.

                  An  amendment  under this Section may not make any change that
adversely  affects the rights under Article VI of any holder of Senior Debt then
outstanding   unless  the   holders  of  such  Senior  Debt  (or  any  group  or
representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

                  SECTION 11.02. With Consent of Noteholders. Subject to Section
8.07 hereof,  the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
or the  Securities  with the written  consent  (including  consents  obtained in
connection  with any tender or exchange offer for Securities) of the Noteholders
of at least a majority in principal amount of the  then-outstanding  Securities.
Subject to  Sections  8.04 and 8.07  hereof,  the  Noteholders  of a majority in
principal  amount of the Securities  then  outstanding may also by their written
consent  (including  consents  obtained in  connection  with any tender offer or
exchange offer for Securities) waive any existing Default as provided in Section
8.04 or waive  compliance  in a  particular  instance  by the  Company  with any
provision of this Indenture or the Securities.  However,  without the consent of
each Noteholder affected, an amendment,  supplement or waiver under this Section
may not (with respect to any Securities held by a nonconsenting Noteholder):

                  (a) reduce the amount of  Securities  whose  Noteholders  must
         consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

                  (b) reduce  the  rate of or  change  the time for  payment  of
         interest on any Security;

                  (c) reduce the  principal  of or change the fixed  maturity of
         any Security or alter the redemption provisions with respect thereto;


                                       47
<PAGE>

                  (d) make any Security  payable in money other than that stated
         in the Security;

                  (e) make any  change in  Section  8.04,  8.07 or 11.02  hereof
         (this sentence);

                  (f) waive a default  in the  payment of the  Designated  Event
         Payment or principal  of, or interest  on, any Security  (other than as
         provided in Section 8.04);

                  (g)  waive a redemption payment payable on any Security; or

                  (h)  make any  change  that  adversely  affects  the  right of
         Noteholders to convert Securities into Common Stock of the Company.

                  To secure a consent  of the  Noteholders  under  this  Section
11.02,  it shall not be necessary for the  Noteholders to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent approves the substance thereof.

                  After an  amendment,  supplement  or waiver under this Section
becomes  effective,  the  Company  shall mail to  Noteholders  a notice  briefly
describing the amendment or waiver.

                  SECTION  11.03.  Compliance  with Trust  Indenture  Act. Every
amendment  to  this  Indenture  or  the  Securities  shall  be  set  forth  in a
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

                  SECTION  11.04.  Revocation  and Effect of Consents.  Until an
amendment,  supplement  or  waiver  becomes  effective,  a  consent  to  it by a
Noteholder  of a Security is a continuing  consent by the  Noteholder  and every
subsequent  Noteholder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the
same debt as the  consenting  Noteholder's  Security,  even if  notation  of the
consent is not made on any Security.  However, any such Noteholder or subsequent
Noteholder may revoke the consent as to such Noteholder's Security or portion of
a Security if the Trustee  receives the notice of revocation  before the date on
which  the  Trustee  receives  an  Officers'  Certificate  certifying  that  the
Noteholders of the requisite  principal  amount of Securities  have consented to
the amendment, supplement or waiver.

                  The Company may,  but shall not be obligated  to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the  Noteholders  entitled to consent to any
amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding
the provisions of the immediately  preceding  paragraph,  those persons who were
Noteholders  at such record date (or their duly  designated  proxies),  and only
those  persons,  shall be entitled to consent to such  amendment,  supplement or
waiver or to revoke any consent  previously  given,  whether or not such persons
continue to be Noteholders  after such record date. No consent shall be valid or
effective  for more than 90 days after such  record date  unless  consents  from
Noteholders of the principal  amount of Securities  required  hereunder for such
amendment or waiver to be  effective  shall have also been given and not revoked
within such 90-day period.


                                       48
<PAGE>

                  After an amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes effective it
shall  bind  every  Noteholder,  unless  it is of the type  described  in any of
clauses (a) through (h) of Section 11.02 hereof.  In such case, the amendment or
waiver shall bind each  Noteholder who has consented to it and every  subsequent
Noteholder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder's Security.

                  SECTION  11.05.  Notation on or Exchange  of  Securities.  The
Trustee may place an  appropriate  notation  about an amendment or waiver on any
Security  thereafter  authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Securities
may issue and the Trustee shall  authenticate  new  Securities  that reflect the
amendment or waiver.

                  SECTION 11.06.  Trustee Protected.  The Trustee shall sign all
supplemental  indentures,  except that the Trustee may,  but need not,  sign any
supplemental  indenture  that  adversely  affects its rights.  As a condition to
executing,  or accepting  the  additional  trusts  created by, any  supplemental
indenture  permitted by this Article or the  modifications  thereby of the trust
created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive (in addition
to those documents  required by Section  12.04),  and (subject to Section 315 of
the TIA) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is authorized or permitted by
this Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  Miscellaneous

                  SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision
of this Indenture limits,  qualifies,  or conflicts with another provision which
is  automatically  deemed to be  incorporated  in this Indenture by the TIA, the
incorporated provision shall control.

                  SECTION 12.02.  Notices.  Any notice or  communication  by the
Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in
person or mailed by  first-class  mail to the other's  address stated in Section
12.10  hereof.  The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may  designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

                  Any notice or communication to a Noteholder shall be mailed by
first-class  mail to his address  shown on the register  kept by the  Registrar.
Failure to mail a notice or  communication  to a Noteholder  or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.

                  If a notice or  communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.


                                       49
<PAGE>

                  If the Company mails a notice or communication to Noteholders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

                  All other notices or communications shall be in writing.

                  In case by reason of the  suspension  of regular mail service,
or by reason of any other cause,  it shall be  impossible  to mail any notice as
required by the  Indenture,  then such method of  notification  as shall be made
with the approval of the Trustee shall  constitute a sufficient  mailing of such
notice.

                  SECTION  12.03.   Communication   by  Noteholders  with  Other
Noteholders.  Noteholders may communicate  pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities.
The  Company,  the  Trustee,  the  Registrar  and  anyone  else  shall  have the
protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

                  SECTION  12.04.  Certificate  and  Opinion  as  to  Conditions
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (a) an Officers'  Certificate  stating that, in the opinion of
         the signers,  all conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this
         Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

                  (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
         counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

                  SECTION 12.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each  certificate  or opinion  with  respect to  compliance  with a condition or
covenant  provided for in this  Indenture  (other than pursuant to Section 4.03)
shall include:

                  (a) a statement  that the person  signing such  certificate or
         rendering such opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                  (b) a  brief  statement  as to the  nature  and  scope  of the
         examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (c) a  statement  that,  in the opinion of such  person,  such
         person has made such  examination or  investigation  as is necessary to
         enable such person to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not
         such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (d) a  statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
         person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.


                                       50
<PAGE>

                  SECTION  12.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.  The Trustee may
make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable  rules and set reasonable  requirements  for
its functions.

                  SECTION  12.07.  Legal  Holidays.   A  "Legal  Holiday"  is  a
Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which banking  institutions  in the State of New
York are not  required  to be open.  If a payment  date is a Legal  Holiday at a
place of payment,  payment may be made at that place on the next  succeeding day
that is not a Legal Holiday,  and no interest  shall accrue for the  intervening
period.  If any other  operative date for purposes of this Indenture shall occur
on a Legal Holiday then for all purposes the next  succeeding  day that is not a
Legal Holiday shall be such operative date.

                  SECTION  12.08.  No  Recourse   Against  Others.  A  director,
Officer,  employee or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company shall not have any
liability  for any  obligations  of the  Company  under  the  Securities  or the
Indenture  or for any  claim  based  on,  in  respect  of or by  reason  of such
obligations or their  creation.  Each  Noteholder by accepting a Security waives
and  releases  all  such  liability.  The  waiver  and  release  are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                  SECTION 12.09. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in
any number of counterparts  and by the parties hereto in separate  counterparts,
each of which  when so  executed  shall be deemed to be an  original  and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  SECTION  12.10.  Variable  Provisions.   "Officer"  means  the
Chairman  of  the  Board,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  President,  any
Vice-President,  the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer,  the Secretary, any
Assistant Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or the Controller of the Company.

                  The Company  initially  appoints the Trustee as Paying  Agent,
Registrar and Conversion Agent, and the Trustee hereby accepts such appointments

                  The first certificate pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof shall be
for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 1997.

                  The reporting date for Section 9.06 hereof is April 15 of each
year. The first reporting date is April 15, 1998.

                  The Trustee  shall always have a combined  capital and surplus
of at least  $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report
of condition.


                                       51
<PAGE>

                  The Company's address for purposes of the Indenture is:

                  Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
                  6805 Route 202
                  New Hope, Pennsylvania  18938



                  The Trustee's address is:

                  First Trust of New York, National Association
                  100 Wall Street
                  New York, New York  10005

                  The Company or the Trustee may change its address for purposes
of this Indenture by written notice to the other.

                  SECTION  12.11.  GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THIS  INDENTURE AND THE  SECURITIES,  WITHOUT REGARD TO
THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

                  SECTION 12.12. No Adverse  Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This  Indenture  may not be used to interpret  another  indenture,  loan or debt
agreement  of the  Company or an  Affiliate.  Any such  indenture,  loan or debt
agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

                  SECTION  12.13.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company in
this  Indenture and the Securities  shall bind its successor.  All agreements of
the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

                  SECTION  12.14.  Severability.  In case any  provision in this
Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents,  Headings, Etc. The Table of
Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this  Indenture  have been
inserted for  convenience  of reference  only,  are not to be  considered a part
hereof,  and shall in no way modify or restrict  any of the terms or  provisions
hereof.


                                       52
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

                                            Tel-Save Holdings, Inc., as Company,


                                            by
                                                   ----------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                            First Trust of New York, National
                                               Association, as Trustee,


                                            by
                                                   ----------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    )  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )


                  Personally  appeared before me, the  undersigned  authority in
and for the said county and state,  on this day of  September,  1997,  within my
jurisdiction, the within named ____________________, who acknowledged that he is
a __________________ of  ___________________,  and that for and on behalf of the
said  corporation,  and as its act and deed he executed the above and  foregoing
instrument,  after first having been duly  authorized by said  corporation so to
do.


                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   NOTARY PUBLIC



[Notarial Seal]


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                      FORM OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE

                             [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

                           [Global Securities Legend]

                  UNLESS  THIS   CERTIFICATE   IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION  ("DTC"),
NEW YORK,  NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR  REGISTRATION  OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY  CERTIFICATE  ISSUED IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC (AND ANY  PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.,  OR TO SUCH  OTHER  ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR  OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

                  TRANSFERS  OF  THIS  GLOBAL   SECURITY  SHALL  BE  LIMITED  TO
TRANSFERS  IN  WHOLE,  BUT NOT IN PART,  TO  NOMINEES  OF DTC OR TO A  SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH  SUCCESSOR'S  NOMINEE AND  TRANSFERS  OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

                         [Restricted Securities Legend]

                  THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT").  THE HOLDER HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING
THIS SECURITY,  AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT
BE RESOLD,  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY
OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER
THAT WAS AN  AFFILIATE  OF THE  COMPANY  AT ANY TIME  DURING  THE  THREE  MONTHS
PRECEDING  THE DATE OF SUCH  TRANSFER,  IN EITHER  CASE,  OTHER  THAN (1) TO THE
COMPANY,  (2) SO LONG AS THIS  SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE  PURSUANT TO RULE
144A  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT  ("RULE  144A"),  TO A PERSON  WHOM THE  SELLER
REASONABLY  BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER  WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A,  PURCHASING  FOR ITS OWN  ACCOUNT OR FOR THE  ACCOUNT OF A  QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER TO WHOM  NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE  RESALE,  PLEDGE OR OTHER
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE


                                       A-1
<PAGE>

BOX CHECKED BY THE  TRANSFEROR ON THE  CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF
THIS SECURITY),  (3) IN AN OFFSHORE  TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S
UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON
THE  CERTIFICATE  OF  TRANSFER  ON THE  REVERSE  OF  THIS  SECURITY),  (4) TO AN
INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),  (2),
(3) OR (7) UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT (AS  INDICATED  BY THE BOX  CHECKED BY THE
TRANSFEROR ON THE  CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY) THAT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND
A  CERTIFICATE  IN THE  FORM  ATTACHED  TO THIS  SECURITY  IS  DELIVERED  BY THE
TRANSFEREE  TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE,  (5)  PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES  ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ANY APPLICABLE  SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.  AN  INSTITUTIONAL  ACCREDITED  INVESTOR
HOLDING THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
SUCH  CERTIFICATES  AND OTHER  INFORMATION  AS THEY MAY  REASONABLY  REQUIRE  TO
CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS  SECURITY  COMPLIES  WITH THE  FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING  THIS SECURITY,  REPRESENTS AND
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY  THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER  WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  RULE  144A  OR (2) AN  INSTITUTION  THAT  IS AN
"ACCREDITED  INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS HOLDING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT  PURPOSES AND
NOT FOR  DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A NON-U.S.  PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (o)(2) OF
RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.


                                      A-2

<PAGE>



No.  _________

                                                          Cusip No.

                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.
                        __% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE
                                    DUE 2002

                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                  Tel-Save   Holdings,  Inc.,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the  
"Company") promises to pay to ______________________________________________  or
registered assigns,  the  principal  sum  [indicated  on Schedule A hereof]* [of
___________ Dollars]** on __________, 2002.

Interest Payment Dates: March ___ and September __, commencing March __, 1998.

Record Dates: ________ and __________.

                  Reference  is hereby  made to the further  provisions  of this
Convertible Note set forth on the reverse hereof which further  provisions shall
for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.








- ------------------------
*    Applicable to Global Securities only.

**   Applicable to certificated Securities only.


                                       A-3


<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Tel-Save  Holdings,  Inc. has caused this
Convertible  Note to be signed  manually or by facsimile by its duly  authorized
Officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted
hereon.

Dated:__________________
                                                       TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.,

                                                           by


                                                           by
[Seal]

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the
__% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2002
described in the within-
mentioned Indenture.
_____________, as Trustee,

by

Authorized Officer



                                       A-4


<PAGE>


                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                   __% Convertible Subordinated Note Due 2002


                  1. Interest.  TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS,  INC., a Delaware corporation
(the  "Company"),  is the issuer of the __% Convertible  Subordinated  Notes Due
2002 (the  "Convertible  Notes"),  of which this Convertible Note is a part. The
Company promises to pay interest on the Convertible  Notes in cash  semiannually
on each March___ and  September___,  commencing on March__,  1998, to holders of
record on the immediately preceding _________ and
- ---------.

                  Interest  on the  Convertible  Notes will accrue from the most
recent date to which  interest  has been paid,  or if no interest has been paid,
from __________,  1997. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months.  To the extent  lawful,  the Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period)
at the rate borne by the Convertible Notes, compounded annually.

                  2. Method of Payment.  The  Company  will pay  interest on the
Convertible Notes (except defaulted  interest) to the persons who are registered
holders of the Convertible Notes at the close of business on the record date for
the next interest payment date even though  Convertible Notes are canceled after
the record  date and on or before the  interest  payment  date.  The  Noteholder
hereof must surrender  Convertible  Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments.  The Company  will pay  principal  and interest in money of the United
States  that at the time of  payment is legal  tender for  payment of public and
private  debts.  However,  the Company may pay  principal  and interest by check
payable in such money.  It may mail an interest  check to a holders'  registered
address.

                  3. Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Trustee will act as Paying
Agent,  Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent,
Registrar, or Conversion Agent without prior notice.

                  4. Indenture.  The Company issued the Convertible  Notes under
an  indenture,  dated as of  September  , 1997 (the  "Indenture"),  between  the
Company and First Trust of New York, National Association, as Trustee. The terms
of the  Convertible  Notes  include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the  Indenture by the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.  The Convertible  Notes
are  subject  to,  and  qualified  by,  all such  terms,  certain  of which  are
summarized  hereon,  and  Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and such Act
for a  statement  of such terms.  The  Convertible  Notes are general  unsecured
obligations  of  the  Company  limited  to  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of
$___________.  The Indenture does not limit the ability of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries to incur  indebtedness or to grant security  interests or liens
in respect of their assets.


                                      A-5

<PAGE>

                  5.  Optional   Redemption.   The  Convertible  Notes  are  not
redeemable at the Company's  option prior to _________,  2000.  Thereafter,  the
Convertible Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in
whole  or in  part  (in any  integral  multiple  of  $1,000),  at the  following
redemption  prices  (expressed  as  percentages  of the  principal  amount),  if
redeemed  during  the  12-month  period  beginning  ____________  of  the  years
indicated:

                                                Redemption
Year                                              Price
- ----                                              -----
2000.................................                 %
2001.................................                 %

                  and at 100% at  __________,  2002,  in each case together with
accrued  interest  to the  redemption  date  (subject to the right of holders of
record on the  relevant  record  date to  receive  interest  due on an  interest
payment date). On or after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on
the Convertible Notes, or portion thereof, called for redemption.

                  6. Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption  will be mailed
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days  before the  redemption  date to each
holder of the  Convertible  Notes to be redeemed  at his address of record.  The
Convertible  Notes in  denominations  larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part
but only in integral  multiples of $1,000.  In the event of a redemption of less
than all of the  Convertible  Notes,  the  Convertible  Notes will be chosen for
redemption by the Trustee in accordance  with the Indenture.  Unless the Company
defaults in making such redemption payment, or a Paying Agent is prohibited from
making such payment  pursuant to the  Indenture,  by law or otherwise,  interest
ceases  to  accrue on the  Convertible  Notes or  portions  of them  called  for
redemption on and after the redemption date.

                  If this  Convertible  Note is redeemed  subsequent to a record
date with respect to any interest  payment date specified  above and on or prior
to such  interest  payment date,  then any accrued  interest will be paid to the
person  in whose  name  this  Convertible  Note is  registered  at the  close of
business on such record date.

                  7. Mandatory  Redemption.  The Company will not be required to
make mandatory  redemption payments with respect to the Convertible Notes. There
are no sinking fund payments with respect to the Convertible Notes.

                  8.  Repurchase  at Option of Holder.  If there is a Designated
Event,  the Company  shall be  required  to offer to purchase on the  Designated
Event Payment Date all outstanding  Convertible  Notes at a purchase price equal
to 101% of the principal  amount  thereof on the date of purchase,  plus accrued
and unpaid interest to the Designated Event Payment Date. Holders of Convertible
Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase  will receive a Designated  Event
Offer from the Company  prior to any related  Designated  Event Payment Date and
may elect to have such  Convertible  Notes or  portions  thereof  in  authorized
denominations purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Noteholder To
Elect Purchase"  appearing  below.  Noteholders have


                                      A-6

<PAGE>

the  right to  withdraw  their  election  by  delivering  a  written  notice  of
withdrawal  to the Company or the Paying Agent in  accordance  with the terms of
the Indenture.

                  9. Subordination. The payment of the principal of, interest on
or any other amounts due on the  Convertible  Notes is  subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future  Senior Debt of the Company,  as described in
the Indenture.  Each Noteholder, by accepting a Convertible Note, agrees to such
subordination  and authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate to effectuate  the  subordination  so
provided and appoints the Trustee as its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

                  10.  Conversion.  The holder of any  Convertible  Note has the
right,  exercisable  at any time after 90 days  following  the Issuance Date and
prior to the  close of  business  (New  York  City  time)  on the  Business  Day
immediately  preceding the date of the Convertible  Note's maturity,  to convert
the  principal  amount  thereof  (or any  portion  thereof  that is an  integral
multiple of $1,000) into shares of Common Stock at the initial  Conversion Price
of $___ per share,  subject to adjustment  under certain  circumstances,  except
that if a Convertible  Note is called for redemption,  the conversion right will
terminate  at the close of  business  (New York City time) on the  Business  Day
immediately preceding the date fixed for redemption.

                  To convert a Convertible  Note, a holder must (1) complete and
sign a notice of election to convert  substantially in the form set forth below,
(2)  surrender  the  Convertible  Note  to  a  Conversion   Agent,  (3)  furnish
appropriate  endorsements or transfer  documents if required by the Registrar or
Conversion  Agent and (4) pay any  transfer or similar  tax, if  required.  Upon
conversion, no adjustment or payment will be made for interest or dividends, but
if any Noteholder  surrenders a Convertible  Note for conversion after the close
of business on the record date for the payment of an installment of interest and
prior to the  opening of  business  on the next  interest  payment  date,  then,
notwithstanding  such conversion,  the interest payable on such interest payment
date  will be paid to the  registered  holder of such  Convertible  Note on such
record date. In such event,  unless such Security has been called for redemption
on or  prior  to  such  interest  payment  date,  such  Convertible  Note,  when
surrendered for conversion,  must be accompanied by payment in funds  acceptable
to the  Company of an amount  equal to the  interest  payable  on such  interest
payment date on the portion so  converted.  The number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon  conversion  of a  Convertible  Note is determined by dividing the
principal  amount of the Convertible  Note converted by the Conversion  Price in
effect  on the  Conversion  Date.  No  fractional  shares  will be  issued  upon
conversion but a cash adjustment will be made for any fractional interest.

                  A Convertible  Note in respect of which a holder has delivered
an "Option of Noteholder to Elect Purchase" form appearing below  exercising the
option of such holder to require the Company to purchase such  Convertible  Note
may be converted  only if the notice of exercise is withdrawn as provided  above
and in accordance  with the terms of the  Indenture.  The above  description  of
conversion of the Convertible Notes is qualified by reference to, and is subject
in its  entirety  by, the more  complete  description  thereof  contained in the
Indenture.


                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                  11.  Registration  Agreement.  The holder of this  Convertible
Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Agreement,  dated September ,
1997,  between  the  Company  and  the  Initial  Purchasers  (the  "Registration
Agreement").  Pursuant to the Registration  Agreement the Company has agreed for
the benefit of the holders of the  Convertible  Notes,  that (i) it will, at its
cost,  within 120 days after the  closing of the sale of the  Convertible  Notes
(the "Closing"),  file a shelf registration  statement (the "Shelf  Registration
Statement") with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") with
respect to resales of the  Convertible  Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  thereof,  (ii)  within  180  days  after  the  Closing,  such  Shelf
Registration  Statement shall be declared  effective by the Commission and (iii)
the Company will use its best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration  Statement
continuously  effective  under the  Securities Act until the earliest of (a) the
second  anniversary  of the  date of the  Closing,  (b) the  date on  which  the
Convertible  Notes or the Common Stock issuable upon  conversion  thereof may be
sold  pursuant  to  paragraph  (k) of  Rule  144 (or  any  successor  provision)
promulgated  by the  Commission  under the Securities Act and (c) the date as of
which all the  Convertible  Notes or the Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion
thereof have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (the "Shelf
Registration  Period").  If the  Company  fails to comply  with clause (i) above
then, at such time,  the per annum interest rate on the  Convertible  Notes will
increase by 25 basis points.  Such increase will remain in effect until the date
on which such Shelf Registration  Statement is filed, on which date the interest
rate on the Convertible  Notes will revert to the interest rate originally borne
by the Convertible Notes plus any increase in such interest rate pursuant to the
following  sentence.  If  the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  is  not  declared
effective as provided in clause (ii) above,  then, at such time and on each date
that would have been the successive  30th day following such time, the per annum
interest rate on the Convertible Notes (which interest rate will be the original
interest  rate on the  Convertible  Notes plus any increase or increases in such
interest  rate  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence  and this  sentence)  will
increase by an additional 25 basis points;  provided that the interest rate will
not increase by more than 50 basis points pursuant to this sentence and will not
increase  by more  than 75  basis  points  pursuant  to  this  sentence  and the
preceding  sentence.  Such increase or increases will remain in effect until the
date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective,  on which
date the interest rate on the Convertible Notes will revert to the interest rate
originally  borne by the  Convertible  Notes.  Pursuant to clause  (iii)  above,
however,  if  the  Company  fails  to  keep  the  Shelf  Registration  Statement
continuously  effective for the period specified above, then at such time as the
Shelf Registration  Statement is no longer effective and on each date thereafter
that is the successive 30th day subsequent to such time and until the earlier of
(i) the date that the Shelf Registration  Statement is again deemed effective or
(ii) the termination of the Shelf  Registration  Period,  the per annum interest
rate on the  Convertible  Notes will  increase by an additional 25 basis points;
provided,  however,  that the  interest  rate will not  increase by more than 50
basis points pursuant to this sentence.

                  Pursuant  to  the  Registration  Agreement,  the  Company  may
suspend  the use of the  prospectus  which is a part of the  Shelf  Registration
Statement for a period not to exceed 30 days in any three-month  period or three
periods not to exceed an aggregate of 90 days in any  twelve-


                                      A-8

<PAGE>

month period under certain circumstances.  The holders of Convertible Notes will
not be entitled to additional  interest as set forth in the preceding  paragraph
solely because of such suspension.

                  12.  Denominations,  Transfer,  Exchange and Replacement.  The
Convertible Notes are in registered form,  without coupons,  in denominations of
$1,000 and integral  multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Convertible Notes may
be  registered,  and  Convertible  Notes may be  exchanged,  as  provided in the
Indenture.  The  Registrar  may require a  Noteholder,  among other  things,  to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and
fees  required by law or  permitted by the  Indenture.  The  Registrar  need not
exchange  or  register  the  transfer  of any  Convertible  Note or portion of a
Convertible Note selected for redemption  (except the unredeemed  portion of any
Convertible Note being redeemed in part). Also, it need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Convertible  Note for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Convertible  Notes to be redeemed.  Replacement  Convertible  Notes for lost,
stolen or mutilated Convertible Notes may be issued in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture.

                  13.  Persons Deemed  Owners.  The  registered  Noteholder of a
Convertible Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                  14.  Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or
interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall
pay the money back to the Company at its  request.  After that,  Noteholders  of
Convertible  Notes  entitled to the money must look to the Company for  payment,
unless an abandoned property law designates another person, and all liability of
the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

                  15. Defaults and Remedies.  The  Convertible  Notes shall have
the Events of Default as set forth in Section 8.01 of the Indenture.  Subject to
certain  limitations  in the  Indenture,  if an Event of  Default  occurs and is
continuing,  the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Noteholders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the  then-outstanding  Convertible Notes by
notice to the Company and the Trustee may declare all the  Convertible  Notes to
be due and payable  immediately,  except that in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain  events of bankruptcy or insolvency,  all unpaid  principal
and  interest  accrued on the  Convertible  Notes  shall  become due and payable
immediately  without further action or notice. Upon acceleration as described in
either of the preceding sentences, the subordination provisions of the Indenture
preclude  any payment  being made to  Noteholders  for at least 5 Business  Days
except as otherwise provided in the Indenture.

                  The  Noteholders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the
Convertible  Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may rescind
an acceleration  and its  consequences if the rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree and if all existing  Events of Default have been cured or
waived  except  nonpayment  of principal or interest  that has become due solely
because of the  acceleration.  Noteholders  may not enforce the Indenture or the
Convertible  Notes  except as  provided  in the  Indenture.  Subject  to certain
limitations,   Noteholders   of  a   majority   in   principal   amount  of  the
then-outstanding  Convertible  Notes issued under the  Indenture  may direct the
Trustee  in its  exercise  of any  trust or  power.  The  Company


                                      A-9

<PAGE>

must  furnish  compliance  certificates  to  the  Trustee  annually.  The  above
description  of Events of Default and remedies is qualified by reference to, and
subject in its entirety by, the more complete  description  thereof contained in
the Indenture.

                  16.  Amendments,  Supplements and Waivers.  Subject to certain
exceptions,   the  Indenture  or  the  Convertible   Notes  may  be  amended  or
supplemented  with the  consent of the  Noteholders  of at least a  majority  in
principal amount of the  then-outstanding  Convertible Notes (including consents
obtained in  connection  with a tender offer or exchange  offer for  Convertible
Notes),  and  any  existing  default  may be  waived  with  the  consent  of the
Noteholders  of  a  majority  in  principal   amount  of  the   then-outstanding
Convertible Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange offer for Convertible Notes.  Without the consent of any Noteholder,
the Indenture or the Convertible  Notes may be amended,  among other things,  to
cure any ambiguity,  defect or  inconsistency,  to provide for assumption of the
Company's obligations to Noteholders, to make any change that does not adversely
affect the rights of any Noteholder,  to qualify the Indenture under the TIA, or
to  comply  with  the   requirements  of  the  SEC  in  order  to  maintain  the
qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.

                  17.  Trustee  Dealings with the Company.  The Trustee,  in its
individual  or any  other  capacity,  may  become  the owner or  pledgee  of the
Convertible  Notes and may otherwise  deal with the Company or an Affiliate with
the same rights it would  have,  as if it were not  Trustee,  subject to certain
limitations  provided for in the  Indenture and in the TIA. Any Agent may do the
same with like rights.

                  18. No Recourse Against others. A director,  Officer, employee
or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company  shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the  Convertible  Notes or the Indenture or for
any claim  based on, in  respect  of or by reason of such  obligations  or their
creation. Each Noteholder,  by accepting a Convertible Note, waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issue of the Convertible Notes.

                  19.  Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THE CONVERTIBLE  NOTES WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT
OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

                  20.  Authentication.  The Convertible Notes shall not be valid
until  authenticated  by the manual  signature of an  authorized  officer of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                  21. Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Noteholder  or an assignee,  such as: TEN COM (for tenants in common),
TEN ENT (for tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (for joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common),  CUST (for  Custodian),  and U/G/M/A
(for Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  22.  Definitions.   Capitalized  terms  not  defined  in  this
Convertible Note have the meaning given to them in the Indenture.


                                      A-10

<PAGE>

                  The Company will furnish to any Noteholder of the  Convertible
Notes upon written  request and without  charge a copy of the  Indenture and the
Registration Agreement. Request may be made to:

                  Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
                  Attn:  General Counsel and Secretary
                  6805 Route 202
                  New Hope, Pennsylvania  18938
                  (215) 862-1500


                                      A-11

<PAGE>



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

            To assign this Convertible Note, fill in the form below:

            (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Convertible Note to

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. no.)

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and  irrevocably  appoint   ________________________________________   agent  to
transfer  this  Convertible  Note on the  books of the  Company.  The  agent may
substitute another to act for him.

                  Your Signature:  _____________________________________________
                                   (Sign  exactly  as your name  appears  on the
                                   other side of this Convertible Note)

                  Date:  ___________________

                  Medallion Signature Guarantee: _____________________________

                  In  connection  with any  transfer  of any of the  Convertible
Notes  evidenced  by this  certificate  occurring  prior to the date that is two
years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Convertible Notes
and the last date, if any, on which such


                                      A-12

<PAGE>

Convertible Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the
undersigned confirms that such Convertible Notes are being transferred:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

    (1)  [ ] to the Company; or

    (2)  [ ] pursuant to and in compliance  with Rule 144A under the  Securities
             Act of 1933; or

    (3)  [ ] pursuant  to  and  in  compliance   with  Regulation  S  under  the
             Securities Act of 1933; or

    (4)  [ ] to an  institutional  "accredited  investor"  (as  defined  in Rule
             501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) under the  Securities Act of 1933) that
             has  furnished to the Trustee a signed  letter  containing  certain
             representations  and  agreements  (the form of which  letter can be
             obtained from the Trustee); or

    (5)  [ ] pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act
             of 1933 provided by Rule 144 thereunder.

    Unless one of the boxes is checked,  the  Registrar  will refuse to register
    any of the Convertible  Notes  evidenced by this  certificate in the name of
    any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that
    if box  (3),  (4) or (5) is  checked,  the  Trustee  may  require,  prior to
    registering any such transfer of the Convertible  Notes such legal opinions,
    certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested
    in writing,  by delivery to the Trustee of a standing letter of instruction,
    to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from,


                                      A-13


<PAGE>



or in a  transaction  not  subject  to,  the  registration  requirements  of the
Securities Act of 1933.

                                                      --------------------------
                                                               Signature

Medallion Signature Guarantee:

- ------------------------                              --------------------------
                                                               Signature


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

                  The undersigned  represents and warrants that it is purchasing
this Convertible Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises  sole  investment  discretion  and that it and any such  account  is a
"qualified  institutional  buyer"  within  the  meaning  of Rule 144A  under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  and is aware  that  the  sale to it is being  made in
reliance on Rule 144A and  acknowledges  that it has received  such  information
regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested  pursuant to Rule 144A or
has  determined  not to request such  information  and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing  representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.


Dated:____________________                        ___________________________
                                                  NOTICE:  To be executed by
                                                            an executive officer



- -----------------------------




                                      A-14

<PAGE>



                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

                                   SCHEDULE A

                  The  initial  principal  amount  at  maturity  of this  Global
Security  shall be $ . The  following  increases or  decreases in the  principal
amount of this Global Security have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

==============================================================================================================
                  Amount of increase
                  in Principal Amount
                  of this Global         Amount of decrease in   Principal Amount of     Signature of
                  Security including     Principal Amount of     this Global Security    authorized officer
Date Made         upon exercise of       this Global Security    following such          of Trustee or
                  over-allotment option                          decrease or increase    Securities Custodian
<S>               <C>                    <C>                     <C>                     <C>                  
- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

- ----------------- ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------

==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                      A-15

<PAGE>



                     OPTION OF NOTEHOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                  If you  want to  elect  to  have  this  Convertible  Note or a
portion thereof  repurchased by the Company  pursuant to Section 3.08 or 4.07 of
the Indenture, check the box: |_|

                  If the purchase is in part,  indicate  the portion  ($1,000 or
any integral multiple thereof) to be purchased: ____________

                  Your Signature:  _____________________________________________
                                   (Sign  exactly  as your name  appears  on the
                                   other side of this Convertible Note)

                  Date:  ____________

                  Medallion Signature Guarantee: _______________________








                                      A-16


<PAGE>



                               ELECTION TO CONVERT

To Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.:

                  The  undersigned   owner  of  this   Convertible  Note  hereby
irrevocably  exercises  the  option to convert  this  Convertible  Note,  or the
portion  below  designated,  into  Common  Stock of TEL-SAVE  HOLDINGS,  INC. in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Convertible Note,
and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon  conversion,  together
with any check in payment for  fractional  shares,  be issued in the name of and
delivered to the undersigned,  unless a different name has been indicated in the
assignment  below. If shares are to be issued in the name of a person other than
the  undersigned,  the  undersigned  will pay all  transfer  taxes  payable with
respect thereto.

                  The  undersigned  agrees  to be  bound  by  the  terms  of the
Registration  Agreement relating to the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Convertible Notes.

Date:

         In whole ____           or            Portion of Convertible Note to be
                                               converted ($1,000 or any integral
                                               multiple thereof):
                                               $
                                                --------------



                       Your Signature:  ____________________________________
                                        (Sign  exactly  as your name  appears on
                                        the  other  side  of  this   Convertible
                                        Note.)

Please Print or Typewrite Name and
Address, Including Zip Code, and
Social Security or other Identifying
Number


                                                 Medallion Signature Guarantee:*

                                                 -------------------------------





- ------------------------
*    Signature must be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company or  member
     firm of the New York Stock Exchange


                                      A-17

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                    FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER
                   FROM GLOBAL SECURITY OR RESTRICTED SECURITY
                             TO RESTRICTED SECURITY
  (Transfers pursuant to ss. 2.06(a)(ii) or ss. 2.06(a)(iii) of the Indenture)

__________, as Registrar

        Attn:  [      ] Department

                  Re: Tel-Save Holdings, Inc. __% Convertible Subordinated Notes
                      Due 2002 (the "Convertible Notes")

                  Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of
September __, 1997 (the "Indenture") between Tel-Save Holdings, Inc., as Issuer,
and First Trust of New York, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

                  This letter  relates to U.S. $            aggregate  principal
amount of  Convertible  Notes  which  are held [in the form of the  [Restricted]
[Global]  Security  (CUSIP No.          ) with the  Depositary]*  in the name of
[name  of  transferor]  (the   "Transferor")  to  effect  the  transfer  of  the
Securities.

                  In  connection  with  such  request,  and in  respect  of such
Convertible  Notes,  the Transferor  does hereby  certify that such  Convertible
Notes are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set
forth in the  Convertible  Notes and (ii) to a  transferee  that the  Transferor
reasonably  believes is an  institutional  "accredited  investor" (as defined in
Rule  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or (7) of  Regulation D under the  Securities  Act of
1933,  as  amended)  and is  acquiring  at least  $250,000  principal  amount of
Convertible  Notes for its own  account or for one or more  accounts as to which
the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and (iii) in accordance with
applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

                                        [Name of Transferor],


                                           by ________________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
Dated:

cc:  Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
     Attn:  Secretary



- ------------------------------
*     Insert, if appropriate.


                                      B-1


<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT C

               FORM OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
          (Transfers pursuant to ss. 2.06(a)(ii) and ss. 2.06(a)(iii))

__________, as Registrar

       Attn: [       ] Department

                  Re:   Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
                        __% Convertible Subordinated Notes
                        Due 2002 (the "Convertible Notes")

                  Reference  is  hereby  made  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of
September __, 1997 (the "Indenture") between Tel-Save Holdings, Inc., as Issuer,
and First Trust of New York, National Association, as Trustee. Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

                  This  letter  relates to U.S.  $________  aggregate  principal
amount  of  Convertible  Notes  which  are held in the form of the  [Restricted]
[Global] Security (CUSIP No. _________) with the Depositary in the name of [name
of  transferor]  (the  "Transferor")  to effect the transfer of the  Convertible
Notes to the undersigned.

                  In  connection  with  such  request,  and in  respect  of such
Convertible Notes we confirm that:

                  1. We understand that the Convertible  Notes have not been and
         will not be  registered  under  the U.S.  Securities  Act of 1933  (the
         "Securities  Act"),  and are being sold to us in a transaction  that is
         exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

                  2. We are a  corporation,  partnership  or other entity having
         such knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters as to
         be capable of  evaluating  the merits and risks of an investment in the
         Convertible  Notes,  and  we are  (or  any  account  for  which  we are
         purchasing  under  paragraph  4 below is) an  institutional  accredited
         investor  as  defined  in Rule  501(a)(1),  (2),  (3) or (7)  under the
         Securities  Act,  able  to  bear  the  economic  risk  of our  proposed
         investment in the Convertible Notes.

                  3. We are acquiring the Convertible  Notes for our own account
         (or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment discretion and
         have authority to make,  and do make, the statements  contained in this
         letter)  and not  with a view to any


                                      C-1

<PAGE>

         distribution of the Convertible Notes,  subject,  nevertheless,  to the
         understanding  that the  disposition of our property shall at all times
         be and remain within our control.

                  4.  We are,  and  each  account  (if  any)  for  which  we are
         purchasing Convertible Notes is, purchasing Convertible Notes having an
         aggregate principal amount of not less than $250,000.

                  5. We  understand  that  (a)  the  Convertible  Notes  will be
         delivered  to us in  registered  form  only and  that  the  certificate
         delivered  to us with  respect  to the  Convertible  Notes  will bear a
         legend substantially to the following effect:

                  "THIS  SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING
THIS SECURITY,  AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT
BE RESOLD,  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY
OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER
THAT WAS AN  AFFILIATE  OF THE  COMPANY  AT ANY TIME  DURING  THE  THREE  MONTHS
PRECEDING  THE DATE OF SUCH  TRANSFER,  IN EITHER  CASE,  OTHER  THAN (1) TO THE
COMPANY,  (2) SO LONG AS THIS  SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE  PURSUANT TO RULE
144A  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT  ("RULE  144A"),  TO A PERSON  WHOM THE  SELLER
REASONABLY  BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER  WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A,  PURCHASING  FOR ITS OWN  ACCOUNT OR FOR THE  ACCOUNT OF A  QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER TO WHOM  NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE  RESALE,  PLEDGE OR OTHER
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED
BY THE  TRANSFEROR  ON THE  CERTIFICATE  OF  TRANSFER  ON THE  REVERSE  OF  THIS
SECURITY),  (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER
THE  SECURITIES  ACT (AS  INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE  TRANSFEROR ON THE
CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY),  (4) TO AN INSTITUTION
THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED  INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),  (2), (3) OR (7)
UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON
THE  CERTIFICATE  OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY) THAT IS ACQUIRING
THIS  SECURITY  FOR  INVESTMENT  PURPOSES  AND  NOT  FOR  DISTRIBUTION,   AND  A
CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS SECURITY IS DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEREE
TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE,  (5) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION
UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  PROVIDED  BY RULE  144 (IF  APPLICABLE)  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ANY APPLICABLE


                                      C-2

<PAGE>

SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.  AN INSTITUTIONAL  ACCREDITED
INVESTOR  HOLDING  THIS  SECURITY  AGREES IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE
TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER  INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY  REQUIRE
TO CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS SECURITY  COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.  THE HOLDER HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING  THIS SECURITY,  REPRESENTS AND
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY  THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER  WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF  RULE  144A  OR (2) AN  INSTITUTION  THAT  IS AN
"ACCREDITED  INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE  501(a)(1),  (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS HOLDING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT  PURPOSES AND
NOT FOR  DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A NON-U.S.  PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (o)(2) OF
RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."

         and (b) such certificates will be reissued without the foregoing legend
         only in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

                  6. We agree that in the event that at some future time we wish
         to dispose of any of the  Convertible  Notes,  we will not do so unless
         the Convertible Notes are being transferred:

                          (a) to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof;

                          (b) pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under
                  the Securities Act;

                          (c) pursuant to and in  compliance  with  Regulation S
                  under the Securities Act;

                          (d) to an institution that is an "accredited investor"
                  as  defined  in Rule  501(a)(1),  (2),  (3) or (7)  under  the
                  Securities Act, that is acquiring at least $250,000  principal
                  amount of the  Convertible  Notes for investment  purposes and
                  not  for  distribution  and  that,  prior  to  such  transfer,
                  furnishes to the Trustee a signed  letter  containing  certain
                  representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on
                  transfer of the  Convertible  Notes (the form of which  letter
                  can be obtained from such Trustee);

                          (e) pursuant to an exemption from  registration  under
                  the  Securities  Act provided by Rule 144 under the Securities
                  Act; or


                                      C-3


<PAGE>

                          (f)  pursuant to an effective  registration  statement
                  under the Securities Act.

                                                  Very truly yours

                                                  [PURCHASER]

                                                   by __________________________
                                                      Name:
                                                      Title:
Dated:

cc:   Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
      Attn:  General Counsel and Secretary
      6805 Route 202
      New Hope, Pennsylvania  18938


      Attn:  Secretary





                                      C-4


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                         FORM OF REGISTRATION AGREEMENT




























                                      D-1



                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                  4.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2002

                             REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

                                                              New York, New York
                                                               September 3, 1997

Salomon Brothers Inc
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell Inc.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Smith Barney Inc.
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC
First Union Capital Markets Corp.
As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers Named in
  Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below)
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048
Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Tel-Save  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell (such issuance and sale, the "Initial  Placement") to
you (the "Initial Purchasers"), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement
of even date herewith (the "Purchase Agreement"),  $250,000,000 principal amount
(plus an additional  $50,000,000 principal amount to cover  over-allotments,  if
any) of its 4.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2002 (the "Securities"). The
Securities will be convertible  into shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"),  of the Company at the conversion price set forth in
the  Final  Memorandum.  As an  inducement  to you to enter  into  the  Purchase
Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to your obligations thereunder, the
Company  agrees with you,  (i) for your  benefit and (ii) for the benefit of the
holders from time to time of the  Securities  or the Common Stock  issuable upon
conversion of the Securities (including you) (each of the foregoing,  a "Holder"
and together, the "Holders"), as follows:

         1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall
have the  respective  meanings set forth in the Purchase  Agreement.  As used in
this  Agreement,  the  following  capitalized  terms  shall  have the  following
meanings:

         "Act" means the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "Affiliate"  of any  specified  person  means  any other  person  that,
directly or  indirectly,  is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control of
a person means the power,  direct or indirect,  to direct or cause the direction
of the  management and policies of such person


<PAGE>

whether by contract or otherwise;  and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"
have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 

         "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "Final Memorandum" has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

         "Holder" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

         "Indenture" means the Indenture  relating to the Securities dated as of
September  9, 1997,  between the  Company and First Trust of New York,  National
Association,  as  trustee,  as the  same  may be  amended  from  time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof.

         "Initial Placement" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

         "Initial Purchasers" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

         "Majority  Holders"  means  the  Holders  of a  majority  of  the  then
outstanding  aggregate  principal amount of Securities  registered under a Shelf
Registration  Statement;  provided  that  Holders of Common  Stock  issued  upon
conversion  of  Securities  shall  be  deemed  to be  Holders  of the  aggregate
principal amount of Securities from which such Common Stock was converted.

         "Managing  Underwriters"  means the  Underwriter or  Underwriters  that
shall administer an Underwritten Offering.

         "Prospectus"  means the prospectus  included in any Shelf  Registration
Statement   (including,   without   limitation,   a  prospectus  that  discloses
information  previously  omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective
registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or
supplemented  by any  prospectus  supplement,  with  respect to the terms of the
offering  of any  portion  of the  Securities  or  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
conversion  thereof,  covered  by such  Shelf  Registration  Statement,  and all
amendments  and  supplements  to  such  prospectus,   including   post-effective
amendments.

         "Purchase Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

         "Securities" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

         "Shelf Registration" means a registration  effected pursuant to Section
2 hereof.


                                       2
<PAGE>

         "Shelf  Registration  Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)
hereof.

         "Shelf Registration  Statement" means a "shelf" registration  statement
of the Company  pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof which covers some
or all of the Securities and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion  thereof,
as  applicable,  on an  appropriate  form under  Rule 415 under the Act,  or any
similar  rule that may be  adopted by the  Commission,  and all  amendments  and
supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments,
in each case including the Prospectus  contained  therein,  all exhibits thereto
and all material incorporated by reference therein.

         "Trustee"  means the trustee with respect to the  Securities  under the
Indenture.

         "Underwriter"  means any  underwriter  of  Securities  or Common  Stock
issuable upon conversion  thereof in connection with an offering thereof under a
Shelf Registration Statement.

         "Underwritten  Offering"  means an offering in which the  Securities or
Common Stock are sold to an Underwriter or with the assistance of an Underwriter
for reoffering to the public.

         2. Shelf Registration; Suspension of Use of Prospectus.

         (a) The Company  shall  prepare and, not later than 120 days  following
the Closing Date,  shall file with the Commission and  thereafter,  but no later
than 180 days following the Closing Date,  shall cause to be declared  effective
under the Act a Shelf  Registration  Statement relating to the offer and sale of
the  Securities  and the Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion  thereof by the
Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected
by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement.

         (b)  The  Company  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  keep  the  Shelf
Registration  Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus
forming  part  thereof to be usable by  Holders  until the  earliest  of (i) the
second anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) the date on which the Securities or
Common Stock issuable upon conversion  thereof may be sold pursuant to paragraph
(k) of Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated by the Commission under
the Act and (iii) such date as of which all the  Securities  or the Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion   thereof  have  been  sold  pursuant  to  the  Shelf
Registration  Statement  (in any such case,  such period being called the "Shelf
Registration  Period").  The  Company  shall be deemed not to have used its best
efforts to keep the Shelf Registration  Statement effective during the requisite
period if it  voluntarily  takes any  action  that  would  result in  Holders of
Securities  covered  thereby  not being  able to offer and sell such  Securities
during that period,  unless such action is required (x) by applicable law or (y)
pursuant to Section  2(c)


                                       3
<PAGE>

hereof, and, in either case, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies
with the requirements of Section 3(i) hereof, if applicable.

         (c) The Company may suspend the use of the  Prospectus for a period not
to exceed 30 days in any  three-month  period or for three periods not to exceed
an aggregate of 90 days in any twelve-month  period for valid business  reasons,
to be determined by the Company in its sole  reasonable  judgment (not including
avoidance  of  the  Company's   obligations   hereunder),   including,   without
limitation,  the  acquisition or divestiture of assets,  public filings with the
Commission, pending corporate developments and similar events; provided that the
Company  promptly  thereafter  complies  with the  requirements  of Section 3(i)
hereof, if applicable.

         3. Registration  Procedures.  In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

         (a) The Company shall furnish to you,  prior to the filing thereof with
the Commission,  a copy of any Shelf Registration Statement,  and each amendment
thereof and each  amendment or supplement,  if any, to the  Prospectus  included
therein and shall use its best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so
filed with the Commission,  such comments as Salomon Brothers Inc reasonably may
propose.

         (b) The Company shall ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration  Statement
and any  amendment  thereto  and any  Prospectus  forming  part  thereof and any
amendment or supplement thereto comply in all material respects with the Act and
the rules and regulations thereunder,  (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and
any  amendment  thereto does not, when it becomes  effective,  contain an untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact  required to be
stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading and
(iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration  Statement,  and any
amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made,  not  misleading;  provided  that no  representation  or agreement is made
hereby with respect to information  with respect to you, any  Underwriter or any
Holder required to be included in any Shelf Registration or Prospectus  pursuant
to the Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

         (c) (1) The Company  shall advise you and the Holders and, if requested
by you or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing:

              (i) when a Shelf Registration  Statement and any amendment thereto
         has been  filed  with the  Commission  and when the Shelf  Registration
         Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
         and


                                       4
<PAGE>

              (ii)  of  any  request  by  the   Commission   for  amendments  or
         supplements  to the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus
         included therein or for additional information.

         (2) The Company  shall  advise you and the Holders and, if requested by
you or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing:

              (i) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending
         the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation
         of any proceedings for that purpose;

              (ii)  of the  receipt  by the  Company  of any  notification  with
         respect  to the  suspension  of  the  qualification  of the  Securities
         included  in  any  Shelf   Registration   Statement  for  sale  in  any
         jurisdiction  or the  initiation or threat of any  proceeding  for such
         purpose; and

              (iii) of the suspension of the use of the  Prospectus  pursuant to
         Section 2(c) hereof or of the  happening of any event that requires the
         making  of any  changes  in the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  or the
         Prospectus so that,  as of such date,  the  statements  therein are not
         misleading  and do not omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case
         of the Prospectus,  in light of the circumstances under which they were
         made)  not  misleading   (which  advice  shall  be  accompanied  by  an
         instruction  to suspend the use of the  Prospectus  until the requisite
         changes have been made).

         (d) The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the  withdrawal of
any order suspending the  effectiveness of any Shelf  Registration  Statement at
the earliest possible time.

         (e) The  Company  shall  furnish to each  Holder of  Securities  or the
Common Stock issued upon conversion  thereof included within the coverage of any
Shelf  Registration  Statement,  without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf
Registration  Statement  and any  post-effective  amendment  thereto,  including
financial  statements and schedules,  and, if the Holder so requests in writing,
all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference).

         (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of  Securities  or the Common Stock issued upon  conversion  thereof
included  within  the  coverage  of any Shelf  Registration  Statement,  without
charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus)
included in such Shelf  Registration  Statement  and any amendment or supplement
thereto as such Holder may reasonably  request;  and the Company consents to the
use of the  Prospectus  or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto by each of the
selling  Holders in connection  with the



                                       5
<PAGE>

offering and sale of the  Securities or the Common Stock issued upon  conversion
thereof covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

         (g) Prior to any offering of Securities or the Common Stock issued upon
conversion  thereof pursuant to any Shelf  Registration  Statement,  the Company
shall  register or qualify or cooperate  with the Holders of  Securities  or the
Common  Stock  issued  upon  conversion   thereof  included  therein  and  their
respective  counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such
Securities  or Common Stock for offer and sale under the  securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holders reasonably request in writing and
do any and all other acts or things  necessary  or advisable to enable the offer
and sale in such  jurisdictions  of the  Securities  and the Common Stock issued
upon conversion thereof covered by such Shelf Registration Statement;  provided,
however,  that the  Company  will not be  required  to qualify  generally  to do
business in any  jurisdiction  where it is not then so  qualified or to take any
action  which would  subject it to general  service of process or to taxation in
any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

         (h) The Company  shall  cooperate  with the Holders to  facilitate  the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates  representing  Securities or the
Common Stock  issued upon  conversion  thereof to be sold  pursuant to any Shelf
Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations
and registered in such names as Holders may request prior to sales of Securities
or the Common  Stock  issued  upon  conversion  thereof  pursuant  to such Shelf
Registration Statement.

         (i)  Upon  the  occurrence  of  any  event  contemplated  by  paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment
to any Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related
Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter  delivered
to  purchasers  of the  Securities  or the Common Stock  issued upon  conversion
thereof included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of
a  material  fact or omit to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were
made, not misleading.

         (j) The  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to cause The  Depository
Trust Company  ("DTC") on the first Business Day following the effective date of
any Shelf Registration  Statement hereunder or as soon as possible thereafter to
remove  (i) from any  existing  CUSIP  number  assigned  to the  Securities  any
designation  indicating that the Securities are "restricted  securities",  which
efforts  shall  include  delivery  to DTC of a letter  executed  by the  Company
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  A hereto  and  (ii)  any  other  stop or
restriction  on DTC's  system with respect to the  Securities.  In the event the
Company  is unable to cause DTC to take  actions  described  in the  immediately
preceding sentence,  the Company shall take such actions as Salomon Brothers Inc
may reasonably  request to provide,  as soon as practicable,  a CUSIP number for
the Securities  registered under such Shelf Registration  Statement and to cause
such CUSIP number to be assigned to the Securities (or to the maximum  aggregate
principal  amount



                                       6
<PAGE>

of the securities to which such number may be assigned).  Upon  compliance  with
the foregoing  requirements  of this Section 3(j), the Company shall provide the
Trustee with global  certificates  for such  Securities,  in a form eligible for
deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

         (k)  The  Company  shall  use its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  all
applicable  rules and  regulations  of the  Commission  and shall make generally
available to its security  holders as soon as  practicable  after the  effective
date of the  applicable  Shelf  Registration  Statement  an  earnings  statement
satisfying the  provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158  promulgated
by the Commission thereunder.

         (l) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Indenture to be
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

         (m) The  Company may require  each Holder of  Securities  or the Common
Stock  issued  upon  conversion  thereof  to  be  sold  pursuant  to  any  Shelf
Registration  Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the
Holder and the distribution of such Securities or Common Stock as may, from time
to time,  be  required  by the Act and the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  and the obligations of the Company to any Holder hereunder shall be
expressly conditioned on the compliance of such Holder with such request.

         (n) The Company shall,  if requested,  use its best efforts to promptly
incorporate in a Prospectus  supplement or  post-effective  amendment to a Shelf
Registration  Statement (i) such information as the Majority Holders provide or,
if the Securities or Common Stock are being sold in an Underwritten Offering, as
the Managing  Underwriters and the Majority  Holders  reasonably agree should be
included  therein and provide to the  Company in writing  for  inclusion  in the
Shelf  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus,  and (ii) such  information  as a
Holder may provide from time to time to the Company in writing for  inclusion in
a Prospectus or any Shelf Registration  Statement concerning such Holder and the
distribution  of such Holder's  Securities and Common Stock and, in either case,
shall make all required filings of such Prospectus  supplement or post-effective
amendment as soon as practible after being notified in writing of the matters to
be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.

         (o)  The   Company   shall  enter  into  such   agreements   (including
underwriting  agreements)  and  take all  other  appropriate  actions  as may be
reasonably  requested in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the
disposition  of the  Securities  or the Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion
thereof, and in connection  therewith,  if an underwriting  agreement is entered
into,  cause the same to contain  indemnification  provisions  and procedures no
less favorable  than those set forth in Section 5 (or such other  provisions and
procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters,  if
any,  with respect to all parties to be  indemnified  pursuant to Section 5


                                       7
<PAGE>

from Holders of Securities or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion  thereof
to the Company).

         (p) The Company shall (i) make  reasonably  available for inspection by
the Holders of Securities or the Common Stock issued upon conversion  thereof to
be  registered   under  a  Shelf   Registration   Statement,   any   Underwriter
participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration  Statement,
and any attorney,  accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such
Underwriter  all  relevant  financial  and other  records,  pertinent  corporate
documents  and  properties of the Company and its  subsidiaries;  (ii) cause the
Company's officers,  directors and employees to supply all relevant  information
reasonably  requested  by  the  Holders  or  any  such  Underwriter,   attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with any such Shelf Registration  Statement as
is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any
information  that  is  designated  in  writing  by  the  Company,  in  its  sole
discretion, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be
kept confidential by the Holders or any such Underwriter,  attorney,  accountant
or  agent,  unless  disclosure  thereof  is  made  in  connection  with a  court
proceeding or required by law, or such  information has become  available to the
public  generally  through  the  Company  or  through a third  party  without an
accompanying obligation of confidentiality;  (iii) make such representations and
warranties  to the  Holders  of  Securities  or the  Common  Stock  issued  upon
conversion thereof registered thereunder and the Underwriters,  if any, in form,
substance  and scope as are  customarily  made by  issuers to  Underwriters  and
covering matters including,  but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase
Agreement;  (iv) obtain  opinions of counsel to the Company and updates  thereof
(which counsel and opinions,  in form, scope and substance,  shall be reasonably
satisfactory  to the Managing  Underwriters,  if any)  addressed to each selling
Holder and the  Underwriters,  if any,  covering such matters as are customarily
covered in opinions  requested in underwritten  offerings and such other matters
as may be  reasonably  requested  by such Holders and  Underwriters;  (v) obtain
"cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company (and, if necessary,  any other independent  certified
public  accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired
by the Company for which  financial  statements  and financial  data are, or are
required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each
selling Holder of Securities or the Common Stock issued upon conversion  thereof
registered  thereunder (provided such Holder furnishes the accountants with such
representations as the accountants  customarily  require in similar  situations)
and the Underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily  covered  in "cold  comfort"  letters  in  connection  with  primary
underwritten offerings;  and (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may
be reasonably  requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing  Underwriters,
if any,  including  those to evidence  compliance with Section 3(i) and with any
customary conditions contained in the underwriting  agreement or other agreement
entered into by the Company.  The foregoing  actions set forth in clauses (iii),
(iv),  (v)  and  (vi)  of this  Section  3 (p)  shall  be  performed  at (A) the
effectiveness  of such  Shelf  Registration



                                       8
<PAGE>

Statement and each  post-effective  amendment thereto and (B) each closing under
any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

         4. Registration  Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred
in connection  with the  performance of its  obligations  under Sections 2 and 3
hereof and shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements
of one firm or counsel  designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for
the Holders in  connection  therewith.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this
Section 4, each Holder shall bear the expense of any broker's commission, agency
fee or Underwriter's discount or commission.


                                       9
<PAGE>

         5. Indemnification and Contribution.

         (a) (i) In  connection  with  any  Shelf  Registration  Statement,  the
Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each Holder of  Securities  or
Common Stock issued upon  conversion  thereof  covered  thereby  (including  the
Initial Purchasers), the directors,  officers, employees and agents of each such
Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either
the Act or the  Exchange  Act  against any and all  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities,  joint or several,  to which they or any of them may become subject
under the Act,  the  Exchange  Act or other  Federal or state  statutory  law or
regulation, at common law or otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims, damages
or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  as  originally  filed  or in any  amendment
thereof,  or in any  preliminary  Prospectus or Prospectus,  or in any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  and agrees to
reimburse  each such  indemnified  party,  as  incurred,  for any legal or other
expenses  reasonably  incurred  by  them in  connection  with  investigating  or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,  however,
that the  Company  will not be  liable in any case to the  extent  that any such
loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  arises out of or is based upon (A) any such
untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission
made  therein  in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished  to the  Company  by or on  behalf of any such  Holder or any  Initial
Purchaser  specifically for inclusion  therein,  (B) use of a Shelf Registration
Statement or the related  Prospectus  during a period when a stop order has been
issued in respect of such Shelf Registration or any proceedings for that purpose
have been initiated or use of a Prospectus  when use of such Prospectus has been
suspended  pursuant  to Section  2(c);  provided,  further,  in each case,  that
Holders  received prior notice of such stop order,  initiation of proceedings or
suspension  or (C) if the  Holder  fails to  deliver  a  Prospectus  or the then
current  Prospectus.  This  indemnity  agreement  will  be in  addition  to  any
liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (ii) The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute  to Losses,  as
provided in Section 5(d), of any  Underwriters of Securities or the Common Stock
issued upon conversion thereof registered under a Shelf Registration  Statement,
their officers and directors and each person who controls such  Underwriters  on
substantially  the same  basis  as that of the  indemnification  of the  Initial
Purchasers and the selling  Holders  provided in this Section 5(a) and shall, if
requested by any Holder,  enter into an underwriting  agreement  reflecting such
agreement, as provided in Section 3(o) hereof.

         (b) Each Holder of  Securities  or Common Stock issued upon  conversion
thereof  covered  by a  Shelf  Registration  Statement  (including  the  Initial
Purchasers)


                                       10
<PAGE>

severally  agrees to indemnify and hold  harmless (i) the Company,  (ii) each of
its  directors,  (iii) each of its  officers  who signs such Shelf  Registration
Statement  and (iv) each person who controls  the Company  within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the  Company  to each such  Holder,  but only  with  reference  to  written
information  relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
such Holder  specifically  for  inclusion  in the  documents  referred to in the
foregoing  indemnity.  This  indemnity  agreement  will  be in  addition  to any
liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5
of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified  party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 5, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof;
but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from
liability  under  paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not
otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
indemnifying  party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event,  relieve the  indemnifying  party from any obligations to any indemnified
party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b)
above.  The  indemnifying  party  shall be  entitled  to appoint  counsel of the
indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the
indemnified  party in any action for which  indemnification  is sought (in which
case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and
expenses of any separate  counsel  retained by the indemnified  party or parties
except as set forth  below);  provided,  however,  that  such  counsel  shall be
reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  indemnified   party.   Notwithstanding   the
indemnifying  party's  election to appoint  counsel to represent the indemnified
party in an  action,  the  indemnified  party  shall  have the  right to  employ
separate  counsel  (including local counsel),  and the indemnifying  party shall
bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel (and local
counsel) if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent
the  indemnified  party would  present such counsel with a conflict of interest,
(ii) the  actual or  potential  defendants  in, or targets  of, any such  action
include  both  the  indemnified  party  and  the  indemnifying   party  and  the
indemnified  party  shall  have  reasonably  concluded  that  there may be legal
defenses  available to it and/or other  indemnified  parties which are different
from or  additional  to those  available to the  indemnifying  party,  (iii) the
indemnifying  party  shall  not  have  employed  counsel   satisfactory  to  the
indemnified  party to represent the  indemnified  party within a reasonable time
after notice of the  institution of such action or (iv) the  indemnifying  party
shall authorize the indemnified  party to employ separate counsel at the expense
of the indemnifying party;  provided further,  that the indemnifying party shall
not be responsible  for the fees and expenses of more than one separate  counsel
(together with  appropriate  local  counsel)  representing  all the  indemnified
parties under  paragraph  (a)(i),  paragraph  (a)(ii) or paragraph (b) above. An
indemnifying   party  will  not,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
indemnified  parties,  settle  or  compromise  or  consent  to the  entry of any
judgment  with  respect to any  pending or  threatened  claim,  action,  suit or
proceeding in


                                       11
<PAGE>

respect  of  which  indemnification  or  contribution  may be  sought  hereunder
(whether or not the indemnified  parties are actual or potential parties to such
claim or action)  unless  such  settlement,  compromise  or consent  includes an
unconditional  release of each indemnified  party from all liability arising out
of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

         (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 5 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party  for any  reason,  then each  applicable  indemnifying  party,  in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified  party,  shall have a joint and several obligation
to  contribute  to  the  aggregate  losses,   claims,  damages  and  liabilities
(including  legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with
investigating  or  defending  same)   (collectively   "Losses")  to  which  such
indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by such indemnifying  party, on the one hand, and
such  indemnified  party, on the other hand, from the Initial  Placement and the
Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses;  provided,  however,
that in no case shall the Initial  Purchasers be responsible,  in the aggregate,
for any amount in excess of the purchase  discount or  commission  applicable to
such Security, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall
any  Underwriter  be  responsible  for any amount in excess of the  underwriting
discount or commission applicable to the Securities and Common Stock issued upon
conversion  thereof purchased by such Underwriter  under the Shelf  Registration
Statement  which  resulted in such  Losses.  If the  allocation  provided by the
immediately  preceding  sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying
party and the  indemnified  party  shall  contribute  in such  proportion  as is
appropriate  to reflect not only such  relative  benefits  but also the relative
fault of such indemnifying  party, on the one hand, and such indemnified  party,
on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits
received by the Company  shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total
net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth
on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and (y) the total amount of additional
interest  which the Company was not  required to pay as a result of  registering
the Securities and Common Stock issued upon  conversion  thereof  covered by the
Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits received by
the  Initial  Purchasers  shall be  deemed  to be equal  to the  total  purchase
discounts  and  commissions  as  set  forth  on the  cover  page  of  the  Final
Memorandum,  and benefits  received by any other  Holders  shall be deemed to be
equal to the value of receiving  Securities  or the Common Stock  issuable  upon
conversion   thereof   registered  under  the  Act.  Benefits  received  by  any
Underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting  discounts and
commissions,  as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of
the Shelf Registration  Statement which resulted in such Losses.  Relative fault
shall be  determined  by  reference to whether any alleged  untrue  statement or
omission relates to information  provided by the indemnifying  party, on the one
hand, or by the indemnified  party, on the other hand. The parties agree that it
would not be just and


                                       12
<PAGE>

equitable if  contribution  were  determined by pro rata allocation or any other
method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to above.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this  paragraph  (d), no
person  guilty of  fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution  from any person who was not
guilty of such  fraudulent  misrepresentation.  For  purposes of this Section 5,
each  person who  controls a Holder  within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall
have the same  rights  to  contribution  as such  Holder,  and each  person  who
controls the Company  within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange  Act,
each  officer  of the  Company  who shall  have  signed  the Shelf  Registration
Statement  and each  director  of the  Company  shall  have the same  rights  to
contribution  as the Company,  subject in each case to the applicable  terms and
conditions of this paragraph (d).

         (e) The  provisions  of this  Section 5 will  remain in full  force and
effect,  regardless of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of any Holder or
the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to
in Section 5 hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of Securities covered
by a Shelf Registration Statement.

         6. Miscellaneous.

         (a) No  Inconsistent  Agreements.  The  Company has not, as of the date
hereof,  entered into nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any
agreement with respect to its Securities  that is  inconsistent  with the rights
granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.


         (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including
the  provisions of this  sentence,  may not be amended,  qualified,  modified or
supplemented,  and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions  hereof
may not be given,  unless the Company has  obtained  the written  consent of the
Majority  Holders;  provided  that with  respect to any matter that  directly or
indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers  hereunder,  the Company
shall obtain the written  consent of the Initial  Purchasers  against which such
amendment,  qualification,  supplement,  waiver or consent  is to be  effective.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  (except  the  foregoing  proviso),  a waiver or
consent to departure  from the  provisions  hereof with respect to a matter that
relates  exclusively  to the rights of Holders whose  Securities  are being sold
pursuant  to a Shelf  Registration  Statement  and  that  does not  directly  or
indirectly  affect  the  rights of other  Holders  may be given by the  Majority
Holders, determined on the basis of Securities being sold rather than registered
under such Shelf Registration Statement.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         (c)  Notices.  All notices  and other  communications  provided  for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail,
telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:


                   (1) if to you,  initially  at the  address  set  forth in the
              Purchase Agreement;

                   (2) if to any other Holder, at the most current address given
              by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of
              this Section  6(c),  which  address  initially is, with respect to
              each  Holder,  the  address  of  such  Holder  maintained  by  the
              Registrar  under  the  Indenture,  with a copy in like  manner  to
              Salomon Brothers Inc; and

                   (3) if to the Company,  initially at its address set forth in
              the Purchase Agreement.

         All such notices and  communications  shall be deemed to have been duly
given when received, if delivered by hand or air courier, and when sent, if sent
by first-class mail, telex or telecopier.

         The  Initial  Purchasers  or the  Company  by  notice  to the other may
designate   additional  or  different   addresses  for  subsequent   notices  or
communications.

              (d)  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the
         benefit of and be binding  upon the  successors  and assigns of each of
         the parties,  including,  without the need for an express assignment or
         any consent by the Company  thereto,  subsequent  Holders.  The Company
         hereby  agrees to extend the  benefits of this  Agreement to any Holder
         and any such Holder may  specifically  enforce the  provisions  of this
         Agreement as if an original party hereto.

              (e) Counterparts.  This agreement may be executed in any number of
         counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate  counterparts,  each
         of which when so executed  shall be deemed to be an original and all of
         which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

              (f) Headings.  The headings in this agreement are for  convenience
         of reference  only and shall not limit or otherwise  affect the meaning
         hereof.

              (g)  Governing  Law.  This  agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
         construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of the  State  of New  York
         applicable  to  agreements  made  and to be  performed  in said  State,
         without regard to the conflicts of law rules thereof.


              (h)  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  one of  more  of the
         provisions   contained  herein,  or  the  application  thereof  in  any
         circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect
         for any reason,  the validity,  legality and enforceability of any such
         provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof



                                       14
<PAGE>

         shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended
         that  all  of  the  rights  and  privileges  of the  parties  shall  be
         enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law by law.

              (i) Securities Held by the Company,  etc.  Whenever the consent or
         approval of Holders of a specified  percentage  of principal  amount of
         Securities  or the Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  thereof is
         required  hereunder,   Securities  or  the  Common  Stock  issued  upon
         conversion  thereof held by the Company or its  Affiliates  (other than
         subsequent  Holders of  Securities  or the  Common  Stock  issued  upon
         conversion  thereof  if  such  subsequent  Holders  are  deemed  to  be
         Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall
         not be counted in  determining  whether  such  consent or approval  was
         given by the Holders of such required percentage.



                                       15
<PAGE>



         Please  confirm that the foregoing  correctly  sets forth the agreement
between the Company and you.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.



                                             -----------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:



The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

SALOMON BROTHERS INC
DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL INC.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
SMITH BARNEY INC.
ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY, LLC
FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.
For themselves and the other Initial
Purchasers named in Schedule I to the
Purchase Agreement.

BY: SALOMON BROTHERS INC

By  _________________________
    Name:
    Title:



<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                   FORM OF LETTER TO BE PROVIDED BY ISSUER TO

                          THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY


The Depository Trust Company
7 Hanover Square, 23rd Floor
New York, NY  10004


          Re:   4.5% Subordinated  Convertible Notes Due 2002 (the "Securities")
                of Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Please be advised  that the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has
declared effective a Registration Statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended,  with regard to all of the  Securities  referenced  above.
Accordingly,  there is no longer any  restriction as to whom such Securities may
be sold and any restrictions on the CUSIP designation are no longer  appropriate
and may be removed.  I understand  that upon  receipt of this  letter,  DTC will
remove any stop or restriction on its system with respect to this issue.

         As  always,  please  do not  hesitate  to  call  if we  can of  further
assistance.

Very truly yours,



Authorized Officer





                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                                November 7, 1997




Board of Directors
Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
6805 Route 202
New Hope, Pennsylvania  18938

           Re:    Issuance of $300,000,000 Aggregate
                  Principal Amount of 4 1/2% Convertible
                  Subordinated Notes Due 2002 and
                  12,185,834 Shares of Common Stock by
                  Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.

Gentlemen:

             I am general counsel of Tel-Save Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and
have acted as such in  connection  with the  Company's  filing  pursuant  to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of a registration statement on Form S-3 (the
"Registration  Statement")  relating  to  the  offering  for  resale  of  up  to
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Notes
due 2002 (the "Notes") and 12,185,834  shares of the Company's common stock, par
value  $.01 per  share  (the  "Shares"),  by the  Selling  Holders  named in the
Registration Statement. You have requested my opinion as to certain matters with
respect to the Notes and Shares.

             I have examined such  corporate  records of the Company,  including
its  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,   its  Bylaws,  and
resolutions of the Company's board of directors (the "Board of  Directors"),  as
well as such other  documents as I deemed  necessary  for  rendering the opinion
hereinafter expressed.

             On the basis of the  foregoing,  I am of the opinion that the Notes
have been duly  authorized  by the Board of  Directors  and are legally  issued,
fully paid and  nonassessable,  and the Shares have been duly  authorized by the
Board of Directors  and, upon  conversion of the Notes in accordance  with their
terms, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

<PAGE>

             I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the use of my name therein.

                                              Sincerely yours,
                                                                              


                                              /s/ Aloysius T. Lawn, IV
                                              ------------------------
                                              Aloysius T. Lawn, IV
                                                   General Counsel and
                                                   Secretary






                                                                    Exhibit 23.1


                           CONSENT OF BDO SEIDMAN, LLP


Tel-Save Holdings, Inc.
New Hope, Pennsylvania


We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  this  Prospectus
constituting a part of this Registration  Statement of our reports dated January
29, 1997  relating to the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule of
Tel-Save  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  appearing in the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.

We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Prospectus.



/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
- --------------------
BDO Seidman, LLP


New York, New York


November 5, 1997






                                                                    Exhibit 23.3



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the  incorporation by
reference in this Form S-3  Registration  Statement of our report dated March 7,
1997 incorporated by reference in the Shared Technologies  Fairchild,  Inc. Form
10-K for the year ended  December  31,  1996 and to all  references  to our Firm
included in this Form S-3 Registration Statement.


                                                  /s/Arthur Andersen LLP

                                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Washington, D.C.
November 5, 1997


                                                                    Exhibit 23.4


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in this  Registration  Statement on
Form S-3 of our report, which contains an explanatory  paragraph relating to the
changing of the method of accounting for Shared  Technologies  Fairchild  Inc.'s
investment in one of its subsidiaries,  dated March 1, 1996 on our audits of the
consolidated  financial  statements and financial  statement  schedule of Shared
Technologies  Fairchild  Inc.  as of  December  31, 1995 and for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994.  We also consent to the  reference to our firm under
the caption "Experts."



/s/ Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C.
- -----------------------------------


Roseland, New Jersey
November 6, 1997






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                   FORM T - 1

                    STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST
                     INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION
                          DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                                   ----------

                CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY
             OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305 (b) (2) _________

                        FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL
                      ASSOCIATION (Exact name of trustee as
                            specified in its charter)

                                   13-3781471
                               (I. R. S. Employer
                               Identification No.)


         100 Wall Street, New York, NY                               10005
  (Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

                                   ----------

                            FOR INFORMATION, CONTACT:
                           Dennis Calabrese, President
                  First Trust of New York, National Association
                           100 Wall Street, 16th Floor
                               New York, NY 10005
                            Telephone: (212) 361-2506

                                   ----------

                             TEL-SAVE HOLDINGS, INC.
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

             Delaware                                            23-2827736
  (State or other jurisdiction of                            (I. R. S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)

  6805 Route 202                                                   18938
  New Hope, PA
  (Address of principal executive offices)                        (Zip Code)

                                   ----------

                 4 1/2% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2002


<PAGE>



Item 1.           GENERAL INFORMATION.

     Furnish the following information as to the trustee - -

     (a)  Name and address of each examining or  supervising  authority to which
          it is subject.

                     Name                                    Address

            Comptroller of the Currency                      Washington, D. C.

     (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                  Yes.

Item 2.           AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

     If  the  obligor  is an  affiliate  of  the  trustee,  describe  each  such
affiliation.

                  None.

Item 16.            LIST OF EXHIBITS.

     Exhibit 1.  Articles of  Association  of First Trust of New York,  National
                 Association,  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of
                 Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.

     Exhibit 2.  Certificate  of Authority to Commence  Business for First Trust
                 of New  York,  National  Association,  incorporated  herein  by
                 reference to Exhibit 2 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.

     Exhibit 3.  Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers
                 for First Trust of New York, National Association, incorporated
                 herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of Form T-1,  Registration No.
                 33-83774.

     Exhibit 4.  By-Laws  of First  Trust  of New  York,  National  Association,
                 incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4 of Form T-1
                 Registration No. 333-34113.

     Exhibit 5.  Not applicable.

     Exhibit 6.  Consent  of First  Trust  of New  York,  National  Association,
                 required by Section 321(b) of the Act,  incorporated  herein by
                 reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.

     Exhibit 7.  Report  of  Condition  of  First  Trust of New  York,  National
                 Association,  as of the  close of  business  on June 30,  1997,
                 published   pursuant  to  law  or  the   requirements   of  its
                 supervising or examining authority.

     Exhibit 8.  Not applicable.

     Exhibit 9.  Not applicable.


<PAGE>



                                    SIGNATURE


                  Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust  Indenture  Act of
1939, as amended, the trustee, First Trust of New York, National Association,  a
national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United
States, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and
State of New York, on the 6th day of November, 1997.

                                                     FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK,
                                                       NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                                                     By:  /s/Glenn W. Andersen
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            Glenn W. Andersen
                                                            Vice President








<PAGE>



                  FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                        STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                  AS OF 6/30/97

                                    ($000'S)

                                                                      6/30/97
                                                                      -------
ASSETS
     Cash and Due From Depository Institutions                        $35,121
     Federal Reserve Stock                                              3,490
     Fixed Assets                                                         802
     Intangible Assets                                                 77,269
     Other Assets                                                       5,921
                                                                      -------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                         $122,603
                                                                     ========


LIABILITIES
     Other Liabilities                                                  7,037
                                                                      -------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                    703

EQUITY
     Common and Preferred Stock                                         1,000
     Surplus                                                          120,932
     Undivided Profits                                                 (6,367)
                                                                      -------
     TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL                                             115,565

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CAPITAL                                 $122,603
                                                                      =======


To the  best of the  undersigned's  determination,  as of this  date  the  above
financial information is true and correct.

First Trust of New York, National Association



By:      /s/ Glenn W. Andersen
     ---------------------------
         Vice President

Date:    November 6, 1997




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission